Astra PDF

VAUXHALL Astra
Owner’s Manual
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Data specific to your ve hicle
Please enter your vehicle’s data here to keep it ea sily accessible.
This information is available under the section "Technical da ta " as well as on the identification plate.
Fuel
Desi gnation
Engine oil
Grad e
Viscosity
Tyre inflation pressure

Tyre si ze wi th up to 3 persons wi th full load
Sum mer tyres Front R ear Front R ea r
Winter tyres Front R ear Front R ea r
Weights
Permissible gross vehicle weig ht
– EC k erb weight
= Loading
Lev el control
Bump er H eig ht see page 178

Your Astra
Dev eloped to the la test findings of vehic le research, it offers technical sophistication and exceptiona l comfort.
Your vehicle represents an ideal synthesis of ad vanced technolog y, outsta nding safety, environm ental compatibility and economy in
opera tion.
It now lies with you to drive your vehicle safely and to see it performs perfectly.
This O wner's Manual provides you with all the necessary information to tha t end.
The O wner's Manual should a lways be kept in the v ehicle: ready to hand in the g lov e com partment.
Make use of the Owne r's Manual:

z Its “I n Brief” section will give y ou a n initial ov erview.
z Its index will help you find what y ou want.
z It will familiarize you with the sophisticated technology.
z It will increase your pleasure in y our vehicle.
z It will help you to handle y our v ehicle ex pertly.
The O wner's Manual is designed to be clearly laid-out and easily understood.
This symb ol:
6 signifies: continue reading on next page.
3 The asterisk sig nifies equipment op tions not in all vehicles (model variants, engine options, models specific to one country, op tional
equipment, Genuine Vauxhall Parts and Accessories).
Text highlighted in yellow in p artic ular indica tes possible risk of accident and
injury. Disregard of these notes can lead to injuries which may b e fatal. Vehicle
passengers must b e informed accordingly.
Yellow arrows in the illustrations serve as points of reference or ind icate some action to be performed.
Black arrow s in the illustrations indicate a reaction or a second ac tion to be perform ed.
We w ish you m any hours of pleasurable driving

Your Va uxhall team

2

Contents Comm itment to custom er
satisfaction:
In b rief . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... . 4
Instrum ents ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 28
Our ai m: to k eep you happy with your K eys, doors, b onnet .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 54
vehicle. All Vauxhall Authorised Repairers S eats, Interior ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 67
offer first class service at competitive S afety system s ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 80
prices. Experienced, factory-trained Lighting ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 120
technicians w ork according to factory Windows, sun roof .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 125
instructions.Your Authorised Repairer can
C onvertible folding top . .... ..... .... ..... .... 131
supply you with GEN UINE VAU XHALL-
APPRO VED PARTS , which hav e und ergone Heating and v entilation ... ..... .... ..... .... 142
stringent quality and precision chec ks, and Air conditioning system . .... ..... .... ..... .... 147
of course useful and a ttrac tiv e Electronic air conditioning system . .... 154
VAUXHALL-APPROVED AC CESSO RIES. Automatic transm ission .... ..... .... ..... .... 161
Our nam e i s your guara ntee! Driving hints . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 166
For d eta ils of the S aving fuel,
Va uxhall Authorised Rep airer Netw ork protecting the environment .... ..... .... 168
please r ing this number; 01582 - 427200 Fuel consum ption, fuel, refuelling .. .... 170
C atalytic converter, exhaust gases .... 172
Drive control system s .... .... ..... .... ..... .... 176
Brakes ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 181
Wheels, tyres . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 184
Roof racks,
caravan and tra iler towing .... ..... .... 188
S elf-help .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 195
If y ou ha ve a problem .... .... ..... .... ..... .... 232
Maintenance, Inspec tion system ... .... 234
Vehicle care .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 245
Technical data . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 250
Index . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 292

In brief
Key num be rs, Unlocking the vehicle:

code numbe rs Turn ke y in
Remove key number from keys. driver’s door lock
or press button q on the
The key number is specified in the vehic le remote control 3
docum ents and in the C ar Pass 3.
Alloy wheels 3, towing equipment 3: m ake 6 Door lock s, child sa fety lock 3 – see
a note of the key identifier cod es. pag e 54,
Elec tronic imm obiliser, radio 3 : The code electronic immobiliser – see page 55,
numb ers are specified in the Car Pass and radio remote control 3 – see page 56,
Radio Pass 3 respec tiv ely. central loc king sy stem 3 – see page 58,
anti-theft locking system 3 – see page 60,
Do not keep the Car Pass and Ra dio Pass in Vauxhall alarm system 3 – see page 63,
the vehicle. convertib le folding top 3 – see page 131.
6 Further information – see p ages 54, 55,
vehicle recomm issioning – see page 244.

Unlock luggage compartme nt: Adjusting front seats: Front seat backrest adjustm ent:
Turn key clockwis e as far as it will go Pull handle, Turn handwheel
In order to av oid being locked out, the k ey slide seat, Move seat bac krest to suit sea ting position.
cannot be removed. release handle
Do not lea n on seat back rest whilst
Nev er adjust the driver’s seat whilst d riv ing.
Position of key slot in lock: adjusting it.
It could move in an uncontrolled manner
– horizontal tailgate is loc ked
when the handle has been pulled. 6 Seat position – see p age 67.
and unlocked
together with the central 6 Seat position – see page 67.
locking,
– vertical tailgate is always
locked. Im porta nt : Do not sit nearer than 10”
6 Radio rem ote control 3 – see pa ge 56, (25cm ) from the steering wheel, to
central lock ing 3 – see p age 58, permit safe airbag dep loy ment.
Vauxhall alarm system 3 – see page 63.

Adjusting height of front Front se at lumbar support 3 Front seat thigh support 3
seats 3: adjustme nt: adjustment:
Leve r on outboard side of seats Turn handw hee l Lift and slide the front thigh support
Pump direction of the lev er In the 3-door hatch, the coupe and the cus hion
Up: Raises seat conv ertible, the handwheel is on the Do not adjust the thigh sup port whilst
Down: Lowers seat inboard side of the seat backrest. In the driving.
4-door saloon and 5-door hatc h and the
6 Sea t position – see pag e 67. 6 Seat position – see p age 67.
estate, it is on the outb oa rd sid e.
Ad just lumbar support to suit p ersonal
requirements.
Do not lean on seat b ackrest whilst
adjusting it.
6 Seat position – see page 67.

Folding down the front seat 3: Adjusting height of front and re ar Adjusting interior mirror:
Lift the release lever, outboard se at head re straints : Swive l m irror housing
fold the backrest down and engage , Tilt forward to release , S wivel lever on underside of m irror housing
slide the se at forward. hold and adjus t height, to reduce d azzle at night.
To repos ition the se at; release
slide it back as far as it will go, 6 Head restraint position – see page 68,
lift the release leve r, further informa tion, rem oval – see page 68,
re store the backre st to an upright rear centre head restraint 3 – see page 68.
pos ition
In front seats w ith m emory-function 3, the
seat engages in its original position when
pushed bac k.
In front seats without m emory function 3,
enga ge seat in required position when
pushing b ackwards.
6 Seat position – see pag e 67.

Adjusting automatic anti-daz zle Exte rior mirror adjustment: Electrically adjustable exterior
interior mirror 3: Swivel in desired direction using mirrors 3 :
Swivel mirror hous ing interior handle Four-way s witch in driver’s door
Dazzle at night is automatically reduced . 6 Further information, aspherical exterior Toggle sw itc h to left or right:
mirror 3 – see p age 119. Four-wa y switch m ov es app ropriate m irror.
The m irror d oes not reduce dazzle when:
6 Further information, aspherical exterior
z the ignition is switched off,
mirror 3 – see page 119,
z reverse gear is engaged or selector lever hea ted exterior m irrors 3 – see page 18.
is set to R,
z interior lighting has been switched on

Fitting seat belt: Disengaging steering column lock: Steering whee l adjustment 3:
Draw seat belt sm oothly from inertia- To re lease the lock, Move lever down,
re el, guide over shoulder move the s te ering wheel slightly adjust he ight and distance,
and engage in be lt buckle and turn the key to position I move lever up,
The b elt must not be twisted at any point. Positions: engage
The lap belt must lie snugly against the o = Ignition off Adjust steering wheel only when vehicle is
body. The front seat backrests m ust not be I = Steering free, ignition off stationary and steering colum n loc k is
tilted back too far (recommended tilting II = Ignition on released.
angle approx. 25°). III = Start
6 Airb ag systems 3 – see page 86.
To release belt, press red button on belt 6 Starting – see page 21,
buckle. electronic im mobiliser – see pag e 55
remove key and loc k steering w heel –
6 Seat belts – see pa ges 81 to 85,
see p age 22.
airbag sy stems 3 – see p age 86,
seat p osition – see page 67.

10

Page Pa ge Page
1 Side air v ents ... ..... .... ..... 144, 150, 156 10 Windscreen wiper and wash sy stem, 21 Ashtray .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 78
headlight wash system 3 and
2 Front pa ssenger airbag 3 .... ..... .... . 86 22 Electric window operation 3,
rear window w ash system 3 ... ..... .. 16
convertib le .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 126
3 Radio 3, check control, trip c om puter 3 ..... .. 46
Infotainm ent system 3 . .... .... ..... .... . 51 23 S torage compa rtm ent
11 Light switch ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 14, 120
4 Display 3 for tim e, date, 24 Accessory socket or
12 Instrument illumination ... ..... .... ..... 122
outside tem perature, cigarette lighter . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 77
Fog tail lig ht .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 120
radio 3 ,
Fog lights 3 ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 120 25 Air recirc ulation system ... .... ..... .... 143
Infotainm ent system 3,
Head lig ht range adjustment 3 ..... 121 Air conditioning system 3 ... ..... .... 147
check control 3,
Heated rear w indow ... .... 18, 146, 157
trip computer 3 .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 36 13 Bonnet release lev er . .... .... ..... .... ..... . 66
26 C onvertible folding top
5 Haza rd warning lights .. .... .... ..... .... . 15 14 Storage compartment,
operation 3 ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 136
fusebox ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 215
6 Centre air v ents .... .... ..... 144, 150, 156 27 Heating and v entilation .. .... ..... .... 142
15 Remote control for
7 Turn signals, hea dlight fla sh, Electronic air conditioning
ra dio and
dipped and main beam ... .... ..... .... . 14 system 3 ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 154
Infotainment sy stem .... .... ..... .... ..... . 26
Cruise control 3 .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 179
28 Glove compartment ... ..... .... ..... .... .. 79
8 Horn .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 16 16 Ignition switch C D changer 3 ,
with steering wheel lock .. ..... .... ..... ... 9
Telematics 3
9 Instruments .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 28
17 Ac celera tor pedal .... .... .... ..... 166, 167
18 Steering wheel adjustm ent 3 ... ..... ... 9
19 Brake peda l ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 166, 181
20 Clutch ped al .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 167
11

Control indicators Z Exhaust emi ssion 3 , g Trailer turn signa l 3,
? Automat ichea dlight see pages 30, 174. see page 32.
range adjustm ent 3,
fault I O il pressur e, y Seat occup ancy recog nition 3,
see p age 121. see page 30. see page 91.
v Airbag systems 3, > Fog light s 3, Lighting

bel t tensioners, see pages 31, 120. Li ght switc h,
see p ages 82, 91. st alk positions,
P Mai n beam, see pages 14, 120,
X Sea t belt 3, see pages 14, 31.
7 Lights off,
see p age 28.
r Fog tai l light, 8 Parking lights,
R Brake system, see pages 31, 120.
9 Dipped and main beam.
clutch system,
O Turn signal l ights,
see p age 29.
see pages 15, 31. 0 Courtesy li ght,
see page 122.
@ Electronic ally controlled
1 Autom atic t ransmission 3,
engi ne cooli ng 3, > Fog lights 3,
sporty driv ing pr og ramm e,
see p age 29. see page 120.
see page 162.
! Glow plug s 3,
v Tracti on C ontrol system (TC ) 3, r Fog tail l ight,
Elect roni c Stab ility Progra mme
A Engine electronics, (ESP) 3,
see pages 176, 177. k Instrument il luminati on,
immob iliser 3, see page 122.
automat ic tra nsm ission 3,
fault,
u Anti- lock Bra ke Syst em (ABS ) 3,
? Hea dlight range adj ust ment ,
see page 183.
see p ages 29, 55, 164, 174. see page 121.
p Y Fuel lev el ,
Alternator,
see pages 32, 35, 195.
¨ Hazard w arning lig hts,
12

Heating, ventilation, air conditioning 3, Sun roof Date, time , radio
automatic air conditioning system 3 l Sun roof 3 Informa tion displa y 3 ,
x Airflow, opening / lowering, see page 36.
see p ages 142, 148, 158. see pages 128, 130.
Ö On button for date and time,
Air distri bution, \ Sun roof 3 ; Setting b uttons for date a nd time.
see p ages 143, 148, 157, closing / raising,
see pages 128, 130. Steering wheel remote control 3,
V To wind screen and
see page 26.
front door windows,
Convertible folding top
J To wind screen, front , Folding t op 3 Misce llaneous
door wind ow s opening, p Central l ocking system 3,
and footwell, see pages 131, 136. loc king – see pag e 58.
K To footwell,
/ Folding t op 3 q Central l ocking system 3,
L to head area via adjustab le air closing, unlocking – see page 58.
vents and to footwell, see pages 132, 136.
M to head area via adjustab le air
) Ciga ret te lighter,
vents. Windscre en wiper see page 77.
St alk p osi tions,
Ü Hea ted rear wind ow, see page 16,
j Horn,
see page 16.
see p ages 146, 152, 157.
§ O ff,
4 Air circ ul ation system, $ Timed interval w ipe, or
/ Bonnet,
see p ages 143, 149, 158. see page 66.
autom atic wipe
wi th rain sensor 3
n Air condit ioning system 3 , T Wi nter program me,
see p age 147. % Sl ow , automa tic tr ansm issi on 3:
& Fast. see page 163.
AUTO Automat ic mod e 3 ,
see p age 155. + Fir st- aid k it 3,
see pages 200, 202.
ECO Operati on without c ooling 3,
see p age 157.
¨ Wa rning tri angle 3,
see pages 200, 202.
ß Hea ted seat s 3,
see p ages 146, 152, 160.
13

Light switche s: Main and dipped be am switch: Headlight flash:
7 = Off Main be am = P us h lever forward P ull stalk towards s tee ring wheel
8 = Parking lights Dippe d beam = P ull lever towards
9 = Dipped or m ain beam s te ering wheel
By overcoming the lever resistance the
0 Pull = Courtesy light
headlight flash is operated.
r Push = Fog tail light
> Press = Fog lights 3
6 Further inform ation – see page 120,
head lig ht warning device – see page 24.
14

Operating turn signal lights: Cruise control operation: Hazard w arning lights:
Leve r in res t position Pre ss button on stalk On = Press ¨
right = up Switch on: Tap button I . Off = Press ¨ again
le ft = down To aid loc ation of the pushbutton, the red
Switch off: Tap b utton § .
When the steering wheel is turned back, the surfac e is illuminated w hen the ignition is
lev er automatically returns to its original Resume at stored speed: Tap button R . switched on. When the button is pressed,
position. This will not hap pen when making 6 C ruise c ontrol 3 – see page 179. its control indicator flashes in time with the
a m inor steering manoeuvre such as hazard warning lights.
changing lane.
When lane chang ing, move lev er to
resista nce point. When released , the lever
will spring back.
15

Horn operation: Windscre en wiper: Automatic wiper with rain s ens or 3:
Press j Move lever up Move lever up
6 Airbag sy stems 3 – see page 86, § = O ff § = Off
rem ote control for ra dio and Infotainm ent $ = Time d inte rval wipe $ = Autom atic w iper
system 3 – see pa ge 26. % = Slow with rain s ens or
& = F as t % = Slow (constant)
& = Fast (constant)
Automatic wiping $: The rain sensor
detects the amount of w ater on the
windscreen and automatically regulates
the wind screen wiper.
Push lever down to switch off.
If nec essary , the positions % or & can be
selected manually.
16

Operating windscre en and Operating re ar window wipe r and
headlight w as h s yste ms 3: wash systems 3:
Pull stalk tow ards steering wheel Wiper on = Push leve r forward
The w ip er will swipe for a few strokes. Wiper off = Pull le ve r towards
steering whe el
The headlight wash sy stem 3 can be Wash = Push leve r forward
opera ted when the lights are on. and hold
O n vehicles fitted with rain sensors 3, The rea r window wiper works in tim ed
opera te the wind screen wash system at interval mode. C ontinuous wip ing takes
reg ular intervals, to keep the sensor a rea place during washing.
clean.
6 Further information – see p ages 242,
6 Further inform ation – see pages 242, 246.
246.
17

Heate d re ar window, To dry fogged or icy windows: Setting e lectronic climate control to
heated exterior mirrors 3: Turn rotary switche s for automatic mode :
On = Press Ü heater and fan clockw ise, P ress AUTO button,
Off = Press Ü again air distribution to V , se t tem pe rature using rotary knob
The rear window and exterior mirror press air conditioning switch n 3 O pen a ll air vents.
heating is switched off autom atically after Close centre air v ents, open side air vents
6 Electronic air conditioning sy stem 3 – see
approx. 15 m inutes. and direct them towards the door windows.
pag e 154.
6 Further inform ation – see pages 146, 6 Heating, ventila tion – see page 142,
152, 157. air conditioning system 3 – see p age 147,
electronic air conditioning system 3 – see
page 154.
18

Inform ation display: Manual trans miss ion: Manual transmission:
Displays the following information; o = Neutral R = Reverse ge ar
– tim e, 1 to 5 = 1st to 5 th gear Reverse gear: With v ehicle stationary, pull
– outside temperature, When shifting up from 4th to 5th gear: the ring up three second s after declutching
– ra dio 3 and date, Push the lever tow ards the right at the and engage gear.
– nav igation 3, beginning of the shift operation.
If the gea r does not engag e: With lever in
– telephone 3,
When shifting from 5th to 4th gear: neutral, relea se clutch peda l and depress
– check c ontrol 3,
Do not exert any force towards the left. aga in, then repeat gear selection.
– trip computer 3 .
6 Information display – see page 36.
19

Autom atic transmission 3: D = 1s t to 4th ge ar Lock to pre ve nt inadverte nt se lection
P = Park 3 = 1s t to 3rd gear of position P, R, 3 or 1:
(with s ele ctor le ver lock) 2 = 1s t and 2nd gear Press button on selector lev er.
R = Reve rse 1 = 1s t ge ar
N = Neutral Plus: Do not press b utton when shifting into a ny
S = Sporty driving programm e position in the direction 1 to N or R to D.
Start only in P or N.
Select 3, 2 or 1 if certa in gears are not 6 Automatic tra nsmission – see pa ge 161.
To move out of P, switch on ignition, press
desired, e.g. 4-3-4 . . . on winding road s, or
foot brake and push button on selector
in order to utilize the engine brak ing effect
lev er.
when driving downhill.
To enga ge P or R, push button on selector
lev er. Press button on selector lever to engage
3 or 1.
P: O nly with vehicle stationary , first
6 Automatic transm ission – see page 161.
apply handbrake
R: O nly with vehicle stationary
6 Automatic transmission – see p age 161.
20

Exhaust gases are pois onous
Ex haust ga ses c ontain carbon m onoxid e,
which is ex tremely poisonous but is
odourless a nd colourless.
Therefore never inhale exhaust g ases, and
nev er run the engine in an enclosed space.
Before starting off, check:

z Ty re pressures and condition, see pages
185, 274
z Engine oil level and fluid levels in engine
com partment – see pages 235 to 242
z All windows, mirrors, exterior lighting
and num ber p la tes are free from dirt,
snow and ice and are operational Starting petrol e ngines: Starting diesel engines:
z No objects are pla ced on the instrument Manual trans miss ion in neutral Manual transmission in neutral with
panel, in the area in which the airbags with clutch depressed, clutch depres sed,
inflate or on the luggage compa rtm ent automatic trans miss ion in P or N automatic transmission in P or N,
cov er 3 do not acce lerate do not accelerate,
turn key to pos ition III
z Seats, seat belts and mirrors are turn ke y to position II;
The initially increased engine speed
correctly ad justed when control indicator ! 1)goes out,
autom atic ally falls as the engine
z Bra ke op eration temperature rises.
turn ke y to position III
Before rep eating the starting procedure,
Before repea ting the starting proc edure,
turn the key b ack to o in the ignition switch,
turn the key back to o in the ignition switch,
remove it and then reinsert it.
remove it and then reinsert it.
6 Electronic im mobiliser – see pag e 55,
6 Electronic immobiliser – see page 55,
further inform ation – see pages 166, 167,
further information – see pag es 166, 167,
195. 195.
1)
Preh eatin g system sw itches on o nly if outside
tem perature is low .
21

Advice when parking:
z Alw ays apply hand brake firm ly. O n
slopes, a pply the handbrake as firmly as
possible
z With m anual transmission, engage first
gear or reverse gea r and with automatic
tra nsmission 3 , place selec tor lever in
position P
z In vehic les with automatic transmission 3
the key can only be removed in selector
lever position P
z Close windows, sun roof 3 and
conv ertible folding top 3
Rele as ing the handbrake: Parking the vehicle:

Raise leve r s lightly, Apply handbrake firm ly,
Press lock button, turn engine off,
Lower le ve r fully rem ove ke y,
6 Bra kes – see p age 181. lock s te ering wheel,
lock doors
To lock , press p button or turn key
anticlock wise in the lock. To activate the
anti-theft lock ing sy stem 3 and anti-theft
alarm system 3, press button p twice or
turn key anticlockw ise twice.
6 Further information – see p ages 55, 166,
ra dio remote control 3 – see p age 56,
central locking system 3 – see page 58,
Vauxhall a la rm system 3 – see pag e 63.
22

z Remove key, otherwise an alarm will
sound when the driver’ s door is opened
z Turn steering wheel until lock is felt to
engage (anti-theft protection)
z Switch off ex terior lights, otherw ise the
headlight warning device 3 will sound
when the d riv er’s door is opened
z Engine cooling fan ma y run on after the
engine has been switched off
6 Further informa tion – see pages 243, 244
Se rvice work,
maintenance
We recommend that you entrust a ll work to
a Vaux hall Authorised Repairer, who can
prov ide you with reliable service and
correctly perform all work a ccording to
fa ctory instructions.
6 If y ou hav e a problem– see page 232.
23

Genuine V auxhall Parts and That was the most important
For your s afety
Acces sories inform ation on your
C arry out regularly the check s
We recommend that you use " Genuine firs t drive in your Astra.
rec om mended in the indiv idual sections
Vauxhall Parts a nd Accessories" and
of this Owner’ s M anual.
conversion parts released expressly for
your vehicle ty pe. These parts have Ensure that y our v ehicle is serv iced as
undergone special tests to establish their specified in the S ervice Booklet. We The othe r pages
reliab ility , safety and specific suitability for rec om mend that you consult a Vauxhall of this chapter
Vauxhall vehicles. Despite continuous Authorised Repairer. contain a description of some
market monitoring, we cannot assess or Hav e faults remedied without d elay! intere sting functions
guarantee these attributes for other C onsult a workshop. We recommend a in your vehicle .
products, ev en if they have been granted Vauxhall Authorised R epairer. If
approva l by the relevant authorities or in necessary , interrupt your journey.
som e other form.
6 Maintenance – see pages 234 to 244. The rem aining chapters
"Genuine Vaux ha ll Pa rts and Ac cessories"
and ap prov ed conv ersion p arts are
of the owner’s manual
ava ilab le from a Vaux hall Authorised contain important information
Repairer, who can provide ex pert adv ice,
on operation, safety and
suc h as advice on permissible technica l maintenance and a full inde x.
modifications, and install prod ucts
correctly .
24

Operating the multi-information Usi ng multi func tion butt on Trip computer 3
display 3, Push: C onfirm /select The trip computer shows vehicle data
the graphical information display 3 Rota te: Move in menu which it continua lly records and evaluates
or the colour information dis play 3 6 Further information – see p age 38. electronically.
Using but tons on wiper stalk
Functions:
S Ca ll-up / Reset / Confirm
z Current consump tion,
R Reset / Confirm
z Average consum ption,
z Effective consum ption,
z Average speed,
z Distance,
z Range,
z Stop watch 3
6 Further information – see page 46.
25

Check control 3 Re mote control for radio and V auxhall F ull-Siz e airbag system
The c heck control function monitors some Infotainment system 3 The Vauxhall Full-Size airbag system
fluid lev els, the thickness of the front disk Radio, ra dio telephone 3 and Infotainment comprises sev eral individual system s.
brake linings and important exterior lights, sy stem 3 functions ca n be operated with
Front airb ag system
including c ables and fuses. When towing a the buttons on the steering wheel.
The front airbag system will be triggered in
carava n / trailer the trailer lighting is also
For further inform ation, see the respectiv e the event of a serious a ccident involving a
monitored.
op erating instructions. fronta l impact a nd form s safety cushions
6 Further inform ation – see page 44. for the d riv er and front passenger.
The forward movement of the driver a nd
front passeng er is check ed and the risk of
injuries to the upper body and head
thereby substantially reduced.
26

Sid e a irbag system 3 Active head restraints 3 P arking distance s ens ors 3
The side airbag system triggers when a In the event of a rear-end impact, the The parking distance sensors
side-on collision occurs and provides a active head restraints automatically tilt automatically switch on when reversing.
safety barrier for the d riv er and/or forwards. The head is more effectively
passenger in the respectiv e front door If the v ehicle approaches an obstacle when
supported by the head restraint and the
reversing, a series of signals can be hea rd
area. This reduces the risk of injury to the danger of hyperextension in the neck a rea
upper body c onsiderably in case of a sid e in the vehicle interior. The interv al b etween
is reduced.
the signals becomes shorter as the
impac t.
Ac tiv e head restraints can be identified by distance is reduced. If the distance is less
Curt ain airb ag system 3 the lettering ACTIVE on the head restraint than 30 cm, the sig nal will be continuous.
The c urtain airbag sy stem triggers in c ase guid e sleeves.
of a side-on collision and provides a safety 6 Further information – see page 180.
barrier in the head area on the respective
side of the vehicle. This reduces the risk of
injury to the head considerably in case of a
side-on collision.
6 Further inform ation – see page 86.
27

Instruments
Control indicators v
The control indica tors described here are Airb ag system s 3 ,
not present in all vehic les. The descriptions Belt t ensioners
apply to all instrument v ersions. see pages 83, 91.
? X
Fault in autom atic head light ra nge Seat belt 3
adjustm ent 3 Warning light illuminates (acc om panied by
Control indica tor lights up for a few an ac oustic warning) when ignition is
second s w hen ignition is switched on. If it switched on: Fasten y our seat belt –
lig hts up when driving, a fa ult has see page 84.
oc curred. Consult a workshop immediately.
We rec om mend a Vaux hall Authorised
Repairer.
Head lig ht range adjustment –
see p age 121.
28

!
Prehea ting 3 for diesel engines
C ontrol indicator lights up during
preheating.
Preheating sy stem switches on only if
outside temperature is low.
A
Engine el ect ronics, transmi ssion
electronics, i mmobi liser
C ontrol indicator lights up for a few
seconds when ig nition is switched on.
If it lights up when the eng ine is running:
Fault in engine electronics system or
transmission electronics system . Electronics
R @ switch to limp-home programme, fuel
Brak e system , Electronic ally controlled consum ption may increase and driveability
clutc h system engi ne cool ing 3 of the vehicle may be impaired –
Control indicator lights up when ignition is Control indica tor lights up when ignition is see page 174.
switched on if handbrake is applied switched on. Goes out shortly after eng ine We recommend you consult a Vaux hall
and/or brake / c lutch fluid level is too low. starts. Authorised Repa irer.
Further information – see pa ges 182, 240.
If it lights up when the engine is running: If it flashes when the ignition is on:
A fault has occurred in the engine cooling Fault in the electronic immobiliser system ;
If it lights up when the handbrak e is not
sy stem or the c ooling circuit of the air eng ine cannot be started – see p age 55.
applied: Stop the vehicle; interrupt y our
conditioning. Driving m ay be continued.
journey immediately . Consult a
Check coolant level – see pa ge 239.
work shop. We recom mend a Vaux ha ll
We rec om mend that you consult a
Authorised Repairer.
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
29

I
O il pressure
C ontrol indicator lights up when ignition is
switched on. Goes out shortly after engine
starts. Can light up interm ittently when
idling with hot eng ine; must go out when
eng ine speed is increased .
If it lights up when the eng ine is running:
Eng ine lubrication m ay be interrup ted. This
ma y result in damage to the eng ine and/or
locking of the drive wheels:
1. Depress clutch.
2. Move gearshift lever to neutral, or with
autom atic transmission, place selector
p Z lever in N.
Alternat or Exhaust em ission 3. Steer as quickly as possible out of the
Control indicator lights up when ignition is Control indica tor lights up when ignition is stream of traffic, without imped ing other
switched on. Goes out shortly after engine switched on. Goes out shortly after eng ine vehicles.
starts. starts.
4. Switch ignition off (turn key to position I).
If it lights up when the engine is running: If it lights up when the engine is running:
Stop the vehicle and switch off the engine. Fault in emission control system . The When the ignition is off, c onsiderab ly
The b attery is not being charged. With permitted em ission limits m ay b e more force is needed to brak e and steer.
engines Z 12 XE, Y 20 DTH and exc eeded. Consult a workshop. We
Do not remove key until vehicle has
Y 22 DTR1 ), engine cooling m ay be recommend a Vauxhall Authorised
come to a stand still, otherwise the
interrupted. Consult a workshop. We Repairer.
steering column lock c ould engage
recom mend a Va ux ha ll Authorised
If it flashes when the engine is running: unexpectedly .
Repairer.
Fault that can lead to d estruction of the
catalytic converter, see pa ge 174. Consult
C ontact a workshop immediately. We
a workshop immediately. We recommend
recommend that you consult a Vauxhall
that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised
Authorised Repa irer.
Repairer.
1)
Sa les desig nation, see p ag es 253, 254, 255 .
30

1
Autom atic transmission elec tronical ly
contr olled driv e p rogram mes 3
C ontrol indicator lights up when sporty
driving p rogram me is operative.
Further information – see page 162.
v
Trac tion Control system (TC) 3,
Electronic S tabil ity Prog ramm e (ESP) 3
see pages 176, 177.
u
Anti -lock Bra ke Syst em (ABS ) 3
see page 183.
> r
Fog light s 3 Fog t ail li ghts
Control indicator lights up when fog lights Control indica tor lights up when fog tail
are sw itched on. lig ht is switched on.
P O
Mai n bea m Turn sig nal lig ht s
Control indicator lights up when main Control indica tor flashes when turn signal
beam is on and when headlight flash is lig hts are on.
opera ted. Rapid flashes: A turn sig nal lig ht bulb has
fa iled.
31

Y g y
Fuel l ev el 3 Tr ailer turn signal 3 Seat occupancy recogniti on 3,
Illuminated: Fuel supp ly low, fuel gauge in When towing a trailer or caravan, indicator see pages 86, 91.
reserv e a rea. lig ht flashes at same speed as turn signa ls.
Does not flash if trailer or towing vehicle
Flashing: Fuel tank emp ty . Refuel
turn signal fails.
immediately ; see page 171.
Never let the tank run dry!
Petrol eng ines: Erratic fuel supply can
cause catalytic converter to ov erheat – see
page 172.
Diesel engines : If the tank becomes empty ,
a com plicated proc edure is necessa ry to
bleed the fuel system – see page 195. We
recom mend that y ou consult a Vauxhall
32

Trip odometer
To return to zero, depress reset k nob with
ignition switched on and trip odometer
display activated .
S ervice interval d isplay , see page 34.
Vehicles with clock in odometer
To set to z ero, hold reset knob down for
app rox . 2 seconds with ignition switched
on and trip od om eter activated .
S witc h between trip odometer display and
time display 3 by pressing a nd holding
down the reset k nob for approx. 2 seconds
– see next pa ge.
Tachometer 1) Spee dome ter 1)

Indicates engine speed. Indicates the vehicle speed .
Warning zone: M aximum p ermissible Odome te r
engine sp eed ex ceeded ; danger to engine.
Records the m iles (kilometres) d riv en.
When the ignition is off, the num ber of
miles driven can be displayed for approx.
15 seconds by briefly p ressing the setting
knob (arrow ed).
1)
The instrum ents in yo ur vehicle m ay d iffer
from the instrum ents illustra ted here.
33

Setting t he t ime
With time displayed, press reset knob in
instrument panel:
Press for approx . 2 seconds,
Hours flash,
Press briefly ,
Set hours,
Minutes flash,
Press briefly ,
Set minutes,
Clock starts at 0 seconds.
Time display in odometer 3 Service interval display

To sw itc h b etween trip odometer and time If InSP appears in the trip odom eter display
display 3 give reset knob a short press. when the ignition is switched on, the next
service interva l is due and should be
When the vehicle lights are on, the
performed w ithin one week or 300 m iles
brightness of the display ca n be adjusted
(500 km ). We recomm end that you consult
using the right-hand adjuster wheel k
a Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer.
below the light switch – see pa ge 122.
The service interval display takes no
acc ount of off-the-roa d periods during
which the battery is d isconnected.
For this reason the maintenance intervals
spec ified in the S ervice Booklet have
priority, and should be observed – see
pag e 234.
34

For physical reasons, the engine
temperature gauge show s the coolant
temperature only if the coolant level is
adeq uate.
During operation the system is pressurised.
The temp erature ma y therefore rise briefly
to ov er 100 °C.
In order to save fuel, coolant temperature
is electronically c ontrolled 3. This may
cause fluc tuations in the coolant
temperature display.
Coolant te mperature display1) Fuel gauge1)

Pointer in zone Pointer in red
on left = Engine operating warning zone
temperature not on left or Y lit = Reserve lev el.
yet reached
Pointer in red
Pointer between warning zone
the z ones = Normal operating on left or Y = Refuel –
temperature flashing see pag e 171.
N ever let the tank run dry!
Pointer in red
warning zone on = Temperature too Diesel engines: The fuel system is d ifficult
right high: to bleed if the tank has b een allowed to run
Stop vehicle and empty – see page 195.
switch off eng ine. Because of the fuel remaining in the tank,
Danger to engine. the amount of fuel required to fill the tank
Check coolant level ma y be less than the spec ified tank
immediately – see cap acity.
page 239.
1)
The instrum ents in yo ur vehicle m ay d iffer
from the instrum ents illustra ted here.
35

Inform ation display Multi-inform ation d isp lay 3 Mult i-informa tion displa y for ra dio
Tripl e inform ation d isp lay 3 Display of time, date, radio, outside telephone 3
Display of time, da te, rad io and outside temperature, c heck control 3 and trip Display of time, d ate, ra dio, outside
tem perature. computer 3 . temperature, telephone information, check
control 3 and trip computer 3 .
The tim e and outside temperature are The display operates when the ignition is
displayed when the ignition is on. The date switched on. The tim e is continually The display opera tes when the ignition is
is disp layed when the radio 3 is switched display ed while the d ate is d isplay ed when switched on. The time is continually
off. the radio is off. displayed while the date is displayed when
the radio is off.
When the ignition is off, the time, date and When the ignition is off, the time, date and
outside tem perature can be disp la yed for outside temperature can b e display ed for When the ignition is off, the tim e, date and
approx. 15 seconds by briefly pressing one approx. 15 seconds by b riefly pressing one outside temperature can be displayed for
of the two buttons adjacent to the display. of the two buttons next to the display or app rox . 15 seconds by briefly pressing one
the button on the wiper sta lk 3. of the tw o buttons nex t to the display or
the button on the wiper stalk 3.
36

I nt err up tion of pow er supp ly
After a power supply interrup tion or low
battery voltage, the electronic ra dio
disabler 3 and d ate / time must be reset.
S ee rad io operating instructions for how to
reset electronic disab ler. S etting date and
time – see pa ge 42.
Upon receipt of a tim e signal from an RDS
transmitter 1) , date and time are set
automatically 3 – see page 42.
Fault d isplay
--.- °C, F or S afe in the display indica tes a
fault. Ha ve the cause remed ied. We
Grap hi cal inform ation d isp lay 3, The information displayed depends on the
colour i nform ation d isplay 3 vehicle equipm ent and the setting s of the
Display of time, date and outside trip computer 3 and the Infotainment
temperature as well as information from sy stem 3.
check control 3 , trip comp uter 3 and
Infotainment sy stem 3.
The graphical information display presents
the information in m onochrome. The colour
inform ation d isplay presents the informa-
tion in colour.
1)
RDS = R ad io D a ta System.
37

O peration using the multifunction button:
Individ ual menu item s are highlighted by
turning the button and selected b y
pressing it. Press the BC button on the
Infotainment system to open the trip
computer.
Operating the multi-information Trip computer functions are operated

display 3, using the disp la y menu and the buttons on
the graphical information display 3 the wiper sta lk 3 or the Infota inment
or the colour information dis play 3 sy stem 3.
These functions are operated using the Operation using the w iper lever buttons:
buttons on the wiper stalk or, on vehicles Individual functions are selected using
with Infotainm ent system 3, by using the button S. Certain func tions can be reset by
multifunction button. pressing b utton R.
If chec k control issues a warning message,
the display is blocked from other func tions.
Acknowled ge the message with button
S or R on the wiper sta lk 3 or b y pressing
the m ultifunction b utton 3. If there are
several fault warnings, a cknowledge them
one a t a time.
38

Making system settings for the Lang uage selecti on S elec t the required language from the list.
graphical inform ation display 3 or You can select the d isplay language for
S elec tions are indic ated b y a 6 in front of
the colour inform ation display 3 some func tions.
the menu item.
The illustra tions show execution w ith the In the System Setti ngs menu, select item
colour information display. Instructions.
In the trip computer m enu Setti ng s select The list of available languages will b e
System Setting s. display ed.
The S ystem settings menu will be
displayed.
39

Setti ng units of measure Adjust contra st
You ca n select w hich units of measure a re In the System Setti ngs menu, select item
to be used. Contrast.
In the System Set tings menu, select item The contrast m enu will be displayed.
Units.
Confirm the required setting.
Select from the list of units that opens.
Selections are indicated by a 6 in front of
the m enu item .
40

Outs ide tempe rature On vehicles with graphical information
A fall in temperature is indica ted display 3 or colour inform ation display 3,
immediately and a rise in temp erature a message is shown in the display as a
after a time delay . warning for icy road surfa ces.
The symb ol T is show n in the d isplay from C aution: The road surface ma y already
3 °C as a warning for icy road surfaces. be icy even thoug h the display ind ic ates
a few degrees above 0 °C.
41

Setting date and time
In the Infotainment system 3 the date and
time are adjusted automatically a fter
receipt of a GPS satellite signal1) . If the
displayed time does not match the local
time, the tim e ca n be entered manually in
steps of 30 m inutes or automa tica lly
corrected by receiving an RDS time
signa l2).
For the radio, tim e and date can be set
manually or corrected a utoma tica lly v ia an
RDS tim e signal 3 .
The a utomatic setting is indicated by Ö in
the d isplay .
Vehicles with trip le informa tion display or Deactivating and a ctiv ating automatic
multi-i nfor mati on d isplay 3 setting 3
Manua l setting Ö Hold down for approx. 2 sec ., clock
Switch off radio. Press Ö and ; above the display is now in setting m ode.
display as follow s:
Ö Press twice (until year flashes).
Press Ö for approx. 2 seconds:
Ö Press and hold down for app rox .
Day flashes
3 seconds until } flashes in display
;: Set day
and text " RDS TIME" ap pears (years
Ö: Month flashes flash during this time).
;: Set month
; Press; Display indicates:
Ö: Year flashes RDS TIME 0 = Deactivated
;: Set yea r RDS TIME 1 = Activated
Ö: Hours flash Ö Press three times.
;: Set hours
Ö: Minutes flash
;: Set minutes
Ö: Clock is started.
1)
GPS = G lob al P ositioning System,
Sa tellite system for w orld -w ide p ositioning .
2)
RDS = Ra dio D a ta System.
42

Correcting time 3
To correct the tim e, use RDS in the
tim e / date menu to select item Auto. Tim e
Correction.
The field behind Auto. Ti me C orrec tion will
be tick ed.
Vehi cles w ith gra phical informati on

displ ay 3 or colour inform ation di sp lay 3
In the trip computer m enu Setti ng s select
item Syst em Settings and then item
Time / Date.
The menu for time / da te will be display ed.
Select the menu items required.
Make the desired settings and confirm.
Select menu item OK.
43

Check control Brake Pad
Check control monitors fluid lev els, the Front disc brake p ads are worn down to the
thickness of the front disk brake linings and minimum thickness. Consult a w ork shop to
the status of important exterior lighting have the brake pads replac ed. We
components, including wires and fuses. recommend a Vauxhall Authorised
The lig ht monitoring function only indicates Repairer.
a fault if the relev ant power circ uit is
switched on. Brake Light
O nce the ignition has been switched on, all Fuse
check control functions a re automatically Fuse defective. A new fuse should only be
verified. insta lled after the cause of the troub le has
The w arning been rectified. Fuses – see pag e 214.
Brake Light Brake Light
Check
Brake light failure.
appears on the display. It goes out after Fault warnings:
the b ra ke pedal ha s b een depressed onc e.
Check
Fault warnings app ear on the disp la y. O il Lev el
If there are several fault warnings, they are
displayed one a fter the other. Engine oil level too low . Check oil level
immed iately and top up oil – see pag e 236.
Some of the fa ult w arnings appear on the
display in a n abbrev iated form. Cool ant
Acknowled ge fault displays as desc rib ed Lev el
on page 38. Coolant level in expansion tank is too low.
Check control warnings hav e p riority. Top up coolant – see page 239. Have the
cause of the fault remedied.
44

Fault warnings (ctd.) Ac know ledge the fault wa rning as I nt err up tion of pow er supp ly
indica ted on pa ge 38. C heck c ontrol automatically checks all
Hea dlight After acknowled gement, the warning will functions after the battery has been
Ta illight be c leared from the d isplay . reconnected or c ha rg ed. Stored fault
warnings appear on the display one after
Dipped head lig ht or ta il light fa ilure. The fault warning s
the other.
Brak e Lig ht
Wa sh. Fluid
Fuse
Level
and
Fluid level in windscreen wash system too
low. Top up wash fluid – see page 242. Brak e Lig ht
and
Headl ight
Tail light
reappear 15 minutes a fter they hav e been
acknowledged.
After the ignition has been switched off
and switc hed on aga in, the stored fault
warnings app ear on the disp la y one after
the other.
Once the faults ha ve been remedied , the
fa ult w arnings are automatically erased.
45

Trip computer 3 Instantaneous consumption Av era ge consum ption
The trip computer show s v ehicle data Display in gal/h below 8 m ph, C alcula tion of av erage consump tion can
which it continually records and evaluates (13 km/h) be re-started at any tim e – see page 38.
electronic ally . Display in mpg above 8 mph
Some of the functions a ppear on the (13 km/h)
display in a n abbrev iated form.
The illustra tions show the version with
multi-information display.
Functions:
z Current consumption,
z Av erage consump tion,
z Effective consump tion,
z Av erage speed,
z Distance,
z Rang e,
z Stop watch (multi-informa tion display
only),
z Outside temperature (only on vehicles
with ra dio telephone 3)
46

Effect ive consumpt ion Average speed Distanc e t ravelled
Shows the a mount of fuel consumed . The Calculation of avera ge speed can be S hows the numb er of miles (k ilom etres)
measurement ca n be re-started at a ny re-sta rted at any time – see pag e 38. travelled. The measurement can be re-
time – see pag e 38. started at any time – see p age 38.
Stoppages in the journey with the ignition
off are not includ ed in the calculations.
47

Range ov er 30 mil es (50 k m) Range below 30 miles (50 km ) St op wa tch 3
The range is calculated from the current If the fuel in the tank will a llow less than C alcula ting tra vel tim e: The stop watch is
contents of the fuel tank and the a verage 30 miles (50 km) of trav el, the warning switched off when the ignition is switched
consump tion over the last 12 to 20 m iles "Range" appears in the display. off and continues running once the engine
(20 to 30 km) of the journey. is switched on aga in. The stop watch can
After filling up the vehicle, the ra nge be re-started at any tim e – see page 38.
adjusts itself automatically after a short
time. Manual adjustment is also possible;
see page 38.
48

Reset ting current t rip com puter
informa tion
The following trip computer information
can be reset (restart mea surem ents):
z Rang e (only with v ehicle stationary),
z Av erage speed,
z Distance,
only)
Vehicles with multi-informa tion display :
press button R – see pa ge 38.
Vehicles with graphical inform ation S elec t BC Reset present in the Setting s
display 3 or colour inform ation display 3: menu.
Select the desired item from the trip
The value for the selected function will be
computer menu.
reset and recalcula ted.
Then select menu item Setti ng s.
The ra ng e v alues can only be reset if the
The settings menu of the trip computer will vehicle is stationary .
be d isplay ed.
After resetting , "- - -" is displayed with the
trip comp uter informa tion selected . The
recalculated v alues are displa yed after a
brief delay .
49

Reset ting mul tiple inform ation in the tri p I nt err up tion of pow er supp ly
com puter If the power supp ly has been interrupted or
The following trip computer information if the battery voltage ha s dropped too low,
can be reset sim ultaneously (va lues set to the values stored in the trip computer w ill
zero): be lost.
z Av erage speed,
z Distance,
only)
Vehicles with multi-informa tion display :
Press button R for at least 2 seconds.
Vehicles with graphical inform ation

display 3 or colour inform ation display 3:
In the Sett ings menu, select item BC -
Reset al l.
The v alues are reset a nd "* **" is d isplay ed.
New values are only displayed when the
engine is running. The av erage speed is
calculated shortly after starting to drive.
50

Infotainm ent s yste m 3
The Infotainment sy stem is operated as
desc ribed in the operating instructions
supplied.
Radio 3 z C hanges in distance from the

The rad io is operated as described in the transm itter,
opera ting instruc tions supp lied. z multi-path rec eption due to reflection
and
The d isplay for the radio ap pears on the z sha dowing
inform ation d isplay .
may c ause hissing , noise, distortion or loss
Ca r radio reception differs from domestic of reception a ltogether.
radio reception:
As the vehicle a erial is relatively near the
ground , the broa dcasting com panies
cannot guarantee the same quality of
reception as is ob tained with a domestic
radio using an overhead aerial.
51

Mobile telephones and radio O btain advice on predetermined
equipm ent (CB) 3 insta lla tion locations for the ex ternal
The Vauxhall installation instructions and antenna a nd equipment hold er and ways
the opera ting guid elines provided by the of using d evices with transmission power of
telep hone ma nufacturer must be ob served more than 10 Watts. We recommend that
when fitting and opera ting a mobile y ou consult a Vaux hall Authorised
telep hone. Failure to do so could invalidate Repairer, who will have brackets a nd
the v ehicle’ s operating permit (EU Directive va rious installation kits available as
95/54/EG). acc essories and will install them in
acc orda nce with regula tions.
Prerequisites for fault-free operation:
z Professionally installed exterior a erial to
obtain the maximum rang e possib le,
z Max imum transm ission power 10 Watt,
z Installation of the telephone in a suitable
Ele ctronic data acquis ition in toll spot (see note on page 94).
systems
O n vehicles w ith heat-reflecting
windscreens 1) 3, mount the chipcard 3 for
electronic data ac quisition and billing in
the b lack-shad ed z one of the w indscreen
on the left or the right behind the interior
mirror – see illustration. I f the chipcard is
mounted outside this zone, malfunc tions
may occur in data a cquisition.
1)
So la r R eflect.
52

Always use the hands-free equipment to
mak e telephone c alls w hilst driving. This
can also be a distraction when driving.
Please observe country-specific laws.
When used in the vehicle interior, mobile

telephones and ra dio equipment (CB)
with integrated aerial m ay cause
malfunctions in the vehicle electronics.
Mobile telephones and rad io equipment
(C B) should only b e used with an aerial
fitted on the v ehicle exterior.
53

Keys, doors, Re place ment ke ys
The key is a c onstituent of the electronic
bonnet immobiliser. Ordering keys from a Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer g uarantees problem -
free op eration of the electronic
immobiliser. Y ou will avoid unnecessary
costs, difficulties with insurance comp anies
when processing claims and problems
asserting wa rranty claims.
Keep the sp are k ey accessible in a safe
place.
Locks, see pa ge 248.
Door locking and unlocking

From outside
Mechanically – see page 5, Child safety locks 3
ra dio remote control 3 – see p age 56,
Use the child safety lock whenever
central locking system 3 – see page 58. child ren are occupying the rear seats.
From inside Disregard may lea d to injuries or
Push down or pull up lock button. To endanger life. Vehicle p assengers should
prevent the driver from being inad vertently be informed accordingly.
lock ed out, the button on the driver’s door
cannot b e depressed when the d oor is Turn rota ry knob at rear door lock from
op en. vertical position using key: Door cannot be
opened from the inside.
Lock cylinders
Designed to free-wheel if they are
forcefully rotated without the correct k ey or
if the correct key is not fully inserted.
To reset, turn cy linder with the c orrect key
until its slot is vertica l, remove key and then
re-insert it. If the cylinder still free-wheels,
turn the key through 180° and rep eat
op eration.
54

Ele ctronic imm obilise r Control i nd icator for imm obiliser A If the control indicator A lights up after
The sy stem checks whether the vehicle m ay When the ignition is switched on, the the engine has started, there is a fault in
be sta rted using the key that has been control indicator A lights up briefly. If the the engine elec tronics or the automatic
inserted. If the k ey is recognised as control indicator flashes when the ignition transmission 3 – see pages 164, 174.
"authorised" the vehicle can be started. is on, there is a fault in the immobiliser
Not e
The c heck is carried out via a transponder sy stem. The engine cannot be started: The immobiliser does not lock the doors.
housed in the k ey – see page 57. 1. Turn key to o in ig nition switch and Therefore, alwa ys lock vehicle before
To act ivat e: rem ove. leaving it unattended and enable Vauxhall
Switch off eng ine, turn key to position o alarm sy stem 3 – see page 63.
2. Reinsert key in ignition switch.
and remove. The Car Pass contains all of the vehicle’s
3. Repeat starting procedure.
To deacti vate: data and should therefore not be kept in
If the control indicator A continues to the vehicle.
Turn key to position I I (ignition on); the
engine can then b e started. flash, try to start the engine using the spare
Hav e y our Car Pass to ha nd when
key and consult a workshop. We
Dea ctivation is not possib le in any other consulting a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.
recommend a Vauxhall Authorised
way , so keep spare key accessible in a safe Repairer.
place!
55

C entra l lock ing system,
see page 58.
Mechanic al anti -theft locki ng system,
see page 60.
Vauxhall ala rm system 3,
see page 63.
Fully autom atic conv ert ible fol ding top 3,
see page 136.
Radio fre quency re mote control 3 For your conv enience, we recommend that
The rad io frequency remote control is the central lock ing sy stem alway s be
integrated in the key . op erated using the remote control unit.
Used to op erate: Handle remote control w ith care, protect it
z Central locking system , from moisture and high temperatures and
z Mechanical anti-theft locking system , avoid unnecessary operation.
z Vauxhall ala rm system 3 , The hazard warning flashers come on
z Fully a utomatic convertible folding top 3 briefly to indicate that the remote control is
The remote control has a range of op erational.
approxim ately 3 m. The range can change
depending on external influences. Point
rem ote control at vehic le when operating.
56

Fault
If the central locking system cannot be
opera ted with the remote control, it m ay b e
due to the following :
z The range of the rem ote control has
been ex ceeded,
z The battery voltage of the remote
control unit is too low. Change the
battery – see following page,
z The remote control has been repeatedly
op erated from outside the v ehicle’ s
recep tion range (e. g. at too g reat a
distance the from v ehicle).
Resynchronise remote control, see next
page,
Changing the rem ote control ba ttery The battery chang e m ust be performed
z The c entral lock ing system is ov erloaded Exchange the battery as soon as the range within 3 minutes, otherwise the remote
as a result of repeated operation a t short of the rem ote control starts to become control will have to be resynchronized.
intervals; the power supply is cut off for reduced.
Mak e sure that you dispose of old batteries
approx. 30 seconds,
Insert a small screwdriv er in the notch on in accordance with env ironmental
z Interference from higher-power radio the cover and prise it open. Disengage the protec tion regulations.
waves from other sources remote control from the key part.
Synchronizing remote contr ol
For c entral locking sy stem operation using The transponder for the imm ob iliser is in In the ev ent of malfunctions, synchroniz e
key, see following pages. Have cause of the front of the k ey. Make sure that it is not remote control:
fault remedied. We recommend that you damaged or detached.
1. Switch on ignition; sy stem will then
consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Open the remote c ontrol. Replace the remain in synchroniz ing mode for
battery, ensuring that it is inserted correc tly 30 seconds.
(see pa ge 284 regarding b attery ty pe).
2. Briefly press button p or q on the
Close the remote control, insert it in the k ey
remote control unit while the unit is in the
part and ma ke sure it audibly engages.
ignition.
3. The central lock ing sy stem locks and
unlocks to show that the remote c ontrol
ha s b een sy nchronized.
57

Not e
z To prevent the driv er from being
ina dvertently locked out, the b utton on
the driver’s door cannot be depressed
when the door is open
z If the driv er’s door is not closed properly ,
the central loc king sy stem will unlock
again immediately after lock ing
z To loc k the d oors from insid e (e.g. to
prevent unw anted entry from outside),
press the lock b utton on driver’s door
with the doors closed
z Locked doors unlock a utoma tica lly if an
accident of a certain sev erity occ urs
(to permit outsid e assistance).
Central locking system 3 To unl oc k
Prerequisite: Ignition m ust not be
For doors, boot lid / tailgate a nd tank flap. Press button q on remote control unit
switched off
– or –
To lock
turn key in driver’s door loc k towards front
Press button p on rem ote control unit of vehicle, then turn it back to the vertical
– or –
position and remove; alternatively, w hen
turn key in driver’ s door lock towards rear unlocking from inside, pull up the lock
of vehic le, then turn it b ack to the vertical
button on driver’s door.
position and remove; alterna tiv ely, when
locking from inside, press the lock b utton
on driver’s door with the doors closed.
58

Cl osing window s a nd sun roof 3 Closing w indows and convertibl e fold ing O verload
Electrically operated windows 3 and sun top 3 If the central locking system is overloaded
roof 3 (except coupe) ca n also be closed With electric windows 3 and fully as a result of repeated operation at short
from the outside: Hold key in door locking autom atic folding top 3, the windows and interva ls, the power supply is cut off for
position in driver’s door until all windows the folding top can be closed from the app rox . 30 second s.
and the sun roof are closed. outside: Hold key in door locking position in
The sy stem is protected by a fuse in the
driver’s door lock until all windows and the fusebox – see page 214.
folding roof are closed
C are must be taken w hen operating the

electric windows 3 and electric sun
roof 3. There is a risk of injury,
particularly for children, and a d anger
that articles could b ecome trapped.
Vehicle passeng ers should be inform ed
accordingly.
K eep a close watch on the windows and
sun roof when closing them. Ensure tha t
nothing becomes trapped in them a s
they move.
59

Central locking system, To unl oc k Malfunction in central locking sys te m
mechanical anti-theft locking sys tem Press button q on remote control unit A = Unlock driv er’s door
To lock – or – Turn key forward in lock p ast
All doors must b e closed, the driv er’s door turn key in driver’s door loc k towards front resistance p oint as far as it w ill go.
must have been opened once previously ; of vehicle, then turn it back to the vertical Turn key back to vertical position and
press button p on the remote control position and remove. remove.
again within 10 second s a fter locking Unlock ing is not possible in any other wa y, B = Lock driver’s door
– or – so k eep sp are k ey to ha nd in a safe p la ce! With driver’ s d oor c losed , turn key
turn key in driver’ s door lock towards rear
towards rea r of vehicle until it will not
of vehic le aga in within 10 seconds after
mov e any further. Turn k ey back to
locking, then turn it b ack to the vertical
vertical position and remove.
position and remove.
The other doors can be opened and closed
Loc k buttons on all d oors are positioned
by pulling or pushing the interior lock
suc h that doors cannot be opened.
button (not p ossible if a nti-theft ala rm
Do not use the sy stem if there are p eople system enabled beforeha nd ). Have cause
in the vehicle! The doors cannot be of fault remedied. We rec om mend that y ou
consult a Vaux ha ll Authorised Repairer.
unlocked from insid e.
60

Usi ng the cent ral lock ing syst em for boot
lid / tai lgate
The central lock ing sy stem and the anti-
theft locking system for the doors cannot
be sw itched on or off from the tailgate lock.
Key in horizontal position in lock
The luggage compartment is loc ked and
unlocked using the rem ote control or by
turning the key in the driver’s door lock.
If the key is only turned to the horizonta l
position after unlocking the central locking
sy stem, the luggage c om partment remains
lock ed. For unlocking – see next pa ge.
Luggage compartment K ey in vertical position in lock

Locking Luggage compartment rema ins locked
Turn key to vertica l position. even if the vehicle is unlock ed using the
remote control or by turning the key in the
To unlock driver’s door lock.
Turn key to horiz ontal p osition.
This p osition is to be c hosen if the luggage
The lock is released by pressing the button. compa rtm ent is to sta y locked. Turn the
key a nticlockw ise as far as it will go.
61

Not e
z The central lock ing sy stem and the anti-
theft locking sy stem for the doors cannot
be lock ed or unlocked from the boot lid /
tailgate lock
z On the convertible, the boot lid / tailga te
can only b e unlock ed if the folding top is
fully open or closed
z There is a ha ndle or strap on the inside of
the boot lid / tailgate to aid c losing
z Fitting of accessories on the b oot lid /
tailgate w ill increase its weight. If it
becom es too heavy , it will then not stay
open
Unlock ing lugg age comp artment w hen Once the boot lid / tailgate has been c losed
Bulk y objects should not b e transported
doors are lock ed wit h cent ral loc king and the k ey turned back to the horizonta l with the luggage compa rtm ent open.
system or vertical p osition, the lugga ge
Otherwise poisonous exhaust fum es
Turn key clockwise from vertical or compartment is locked ag ain. may enter the vehicle. In addition, the
horiz ontal position as far as it will go. To
In the horizonta l position, the lug gage vehicle num ber p late is only clearly
guard ag ainst being locked out, the k ey compartment is only unlocked the next distinguishable and c orrectly lit if the
cannot then be rem ov ed.
tim e the central lock ing system is unlock ed. lug gage compartment is closed.
62

4. Switch on Vauxhall alarm system . LED
lights up. After approx. 10 sec onds, the
sy stem is activated without monitoring
of the p assenger compa rtm ent or v ehicle
tilt. LED flashes until system is switched
off.
O n the convertib le, p assenger
compa rtm ent monitoring is d eactiva ted
when the folding top is open, to prevent
false a la rm s.
Vauxhall alarm s yste m 3 Swit ching system on excluding

Monitors; monitoring of the passenger
z Doors, luggage compa rtm ent, bonnet, compa rtment and the vehicle tilt
z Passenger compartment, e.g. if animals are to be left in the v ehicle.
z Vehicle tilt, 1. C lose boot lid / tailgate and bonnet.
z Ignition
2. Press both buttons at the sam e tim e to
To act ivat e: opera te the front rea ding lights when the
All doors, windows, sun roof 3 and ignition is switched off. The LED w ill flash
convertible folding top 3 must be closed. for max . 10 second s – see page 64.
Press button p on rem ote control unit
again within 10 second s of lock ing 3. C lose doors.
– or –
turn key in driver’ s door lock towards rear
of vehic le aga in within 10 seconds after
locking, then turn it b ack to the vertical
position and remove.
63

To deacti vate Opening a nd closing the lugg age Light emi tting d iode (LED)
Press button q on rem ote control unit compa rtment w ith Vauxhall a larm system During the first 10 sec onds of anti-theft
– or – activ ated alarm sy stem activa tion:
turn key in driver’s door lock towards front 1. To unlock: Turn key clockwise as far as it
z LED lights up = Test, switch-on
of vehic le, then turn it b ack to the vertical will go. The luggage compa rtm ent is
delay,
position and remove. unloc ked and monitoring of the
passenger compartment and vehicle tilt z LED flashes = Door, tailgate,
is deactivated . bonnet open
or system fa ult
2. O pen luggag e comp artment.
3. C lose lug gage compartment.
4. To lock: Turn the key back to its p revious
position. Monitoring of the p assenger
compa rtm ent, luggage comp artm ent
and vehic le tilt is activated after approx.
10 second s.
64

After the first 10 seconds of a nti-theft Alarm Ala rm siren wit h integrated
alarm system activation: During a switch-on phase the ultra sonic pow er sup ply 3
sensors can trigger a max imum of three The alarm siren with integrated power
z LED flashes = System on,
alarms; leg al regulations stipulate that supply m onitors the vehicle power sup ply
z LED lights up for other sensors may trigger a maxim um of and triggers an alarm automa tica lly in the
approx. 1 sec ond = Switch-off. 10 alarms. presence of manipulation (e.g. interruption
If a sy stem fault occurs, consult a The alarm ta kes the form of of voltage because vehicle ba ttery has
workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall been disconnected without authorisa tion).
z an acoustic sig nal (horn, 30 seconds)
Authorised Repairer. and The alarm siren has its ow n power supply
The system ’s integrated self-diagnostics z a v isual signal (hazard w arning lights, and is therefore not dependent on the
allows faults to be quickly remedied. 5 minutes) 1). vehicle b attery.
Ala rm can be cancelled b y pressing a Sw itch off a larm
button on the remote control. The anti- Turn ignition on and off ag ain
theft warning sy stem is switched off at the imm ediately.
sam e time by pressing the button q.
Deacti vate al arm funct ion
(e.g. disconnecting the battery for
ma intena nce work): Switch ignition on and
off again imm ediately, disconnect b attery
within 15 seconds.
1)
Va ries from cou ntry to co untry on a ccou nt o f
na tion al reg ulations.
65

Bonnet To op en completely , locate safety catch To hold the bonnet in the open position,
To open the bonnet, p ull the release slightly to the right of centre as viewed insert the support rod located at right
lev er / , located on the driver’s side below from the front: lift this upwards and op en angles a bove the radiator grille into the
the instrum ent panel. The bonnet will then bonnet. plastic-ed ged slot in the underside of the
be unlocked and will pa rtially open. Return bonnet.
Any dirt or snow on the bonnet can slide
release lever to its original position. down when it is opened and bloc k the a ir Before closing bonnet, press sup port rod
inlet – see pa ges 143, 149, 160. firmly into its retainer. Low er the bonnet
gradually and then allow it to fall into the
lock under its ow n weight.
The safety catch in the radiator grille must
no longer b e protruding. C heck that the
bonnet is locked in position by pulling at its
front edge. I f it is not engaged , rep eat the
procedure.
66

S eite 67, BA Astra-G LHD, KTA-1964/9-D, Bearbeitung 16.2.05
Seats, Interior Front se at adjustment
see p age 5.
Increasing size of luggage

compartment by tilting the rear se ats
see p ages 69, 70, 71.
Picture no: 13182t.tif

Seat pos ition
Adjust driver’s sea t such that with the
driver sitting upright the steering wheel is
held in the area of its upper spokes with the
driver’s arms slig htly bent.
Push p assenger seat as far b ack as
possible.
The back rests must not be tilted too far back
(recommended tilting angle approx. 25°).
Imp ortant: Do not sit nearer than 10”

(25cm) from the steering wheel, to
permit safe airbag d eploym ent.
Disregard of these instruc tions can lead
to injuries which could be fatal. Vehicle
passeng ers should be inform ed
accordingly.
67

Pi cture no: 13699t.tif Pict ure no: 7353V.tif Picture no: 14834t.tif
Head restraint position He ad res traints C entre rear seat
The midd le of the head restraint should be Front seats and outer rea r sea ts To fold down the rear seat backrests or to
at eye lev el. I f this is not possible for To enlarge lug gage compartment, improve visibility if the centre rear sea t is
extremely tall persons, set to highest remove outer rear head restraints 3: unoccupied, the hea d restraint can be
position, and set to lowest position for Release the tw o springs by pressing them pushed all the way down. Release both
small persons. and deta ch the hea d restraint. springs by pressing them and fold the head
restraint down.
The rea r head restraints in the convertible
Disreg ard can lead to injuries which If the centre seat is oc cup ied, set the head
cannot b e ad justed or removed.
could be fatal. Vehicle p assengers restraint to the first or second position
should be informed accordingly. Luggag e comp artm ent enla rg ement - see
acc ording to the height of the passenger.
pages 69, 71.
Adjustment - see page 7.
68

Pi cture no: 14835t.tif Pict ure no: 14836t.tif Picture no: 13661t.tif
Luggage compartment enlarge ment, Fold ing down t he rear seat back rests To reposition rear seat backrest, first pull
Saloon / Hatch, Coupe Remove rear outer hea d restraints 3 – by seat belt forward so that it does not
Fold d own the cover behind t he arm rest 3 pressing spring catches – see page 68. become trapped .
Fold down the a rm rest on to the seat Move rear centre hea d restraint 3 to low est
Eng age rear seat backrest audibly in
cushion, pull the handle and tilt the cover position – by pressing spring catches – see
position.
forwards. page 68.
The three-point seat b elt for the c entre rear
The outer seats can continue to be used for Disenga ge one or both rear seat bac krests
seat 3 can only b e pulled out of the
passengers. using the pushbuttons and fold down onto
retrac tor when the rear seat b ackrests are
rear seat.
Cov er must audibly engage behind properly locked into position.
armrest w hen raised.
69

Picture no: 8282T.tif Pict ure no: 11988t.tif Picture no: 13662t.tif
Remov ing the lugga ge compa rtment Luggage compartme nt enlargeme nt, To open the luggage compa rtm ent cover:
cov er, Convertible Pull the handle down and fold down the
3-door and 5-door ha tch only Fold down the cov er b ehi nd the armrest cover.
To rem ov e, unhook the retaining strap s Withdraw armrest using stra p and place on To lock: Swivel cover upward and audibly
from the ta ilg ate. seat. eng age.
Remove the cover from the side guides and Arm rest is attached to seat backrest by Insert arm rest.
place it behind the seat backrests. retaining strap. To rem ov e a rm rest
Not es on load ing
Fit in reverse order. completely, release retaining strap fix ture.
see page 76.
Notes on load ing
see page 76.
70

Picture no: 9660T.tif Pi cture no: 9327T.tif Pict ure no: 9328T.tif
Luggage compartment enlargeme nt, Fold ing down t he rear seat back rests Ra isi ng rear sea t surfaces.
Estate The luggage compartment cover can be The lugg age compartment c ov er ca n be
Fold dow n the cover behind the arm rest removed if nec essary – see pag e 72. removed if necessary – see page 72.
Fold down the a rm rest on to the seat Withdraw rea r outer hea d restra ints 3 – by Withdraw rear outer head restraints 3 – b y
cushion, pull the handle and tilt the cover pressing spring catches – see page 68. pressing spring catches – see p age 68.
forwards. Move rear centre hea d restraint 3 to low est Move rear, centre head restraint 3 to
The outer seats can continue to be used for position – by pressing spring catches – see lowest position – by pressing spring
passengers. page 68. catches – see page 68.
Cov er must audibly engage behind Hook the sea t belt buc kles onto the rear Hook the seat b elt buckles onto the rear
armrest w hen raised. seat back rests 3 . seat backrests 3.
Release one or both rear seat backrests by Raise one or both seat cushions using
pressing the pushbuttons a nd fold onto straps.
seat cushion.
Release one or both rear seat ba ckrests by
pressing the p ushbuttons and folding
down.
71

The three-point seat belt for the centre rear
seat 3 c an only be pulled out of the
retractor when the rear seat backrests are
prop erly lock ed into position.
Safety net
see p age 74.
Notes on loading
see p age 76.
Pi cture no: 13663t.tif Picture no: 14927t.tif

To rep osition rear sea t backrest, pull seat Luggage compartment cover 3,
belt forwa rd so that it does not bec om e Estate
trapped. To close:
Enga ge rear seat b ackrest audibly in Pull back lug gage compartment cover to
position. its limit at right and left recesses and lock
into the retainers at the sides.
Do not place any heavy or sharp-edged
objects on the cover.
To open:
Detach the cover from the retainers and
push it towards the seat backrest.
72

Fitti ng
Fit in reverse order to rem ov al, when doing
so ensure the guid es enga ge p roperly in
the guid e rails.
Pi cture no: 14928t.tif Pict ure no: 14839t.tif

Remov ing Press the cover together with both hands
Push the cover forward tow ards the seat and pull it backw ards under tension. Tw ist
back rest. the cover with the two guides upwards and
remove it by pushing it forward.
Pull folded-together c ov er tow ards the rear
into the two guides on the rails as far as it
will go.
73

Pi cture no: 12399t.tif Pict ure no: 14929t.tif Picture no: 14841t.tif
Safety net 3, Estate Fit ting behind t he rear seats Fitti ng behind front seats
The safety net ca n be fitted behind the rear Fold d own both rear seat backrests, hook Pull up both rear seat c ushions, hook strap s
seats or, with the rear seat backrest folded straps into lashing eyes in v ehicle floor and into slots on upright rear seat cushions and
down, b ehind the front seats. tig hten them. Reposition rear seat tighten them. Fold down rear seat
backrests and lock them into position. bac krests.
Passeng ers m ust not be carried behind the
safety net.
There are tw o installation holes in the roof
frame: O pen covers, attach rod of safety
net a t one side and lock in place, extend
rod, attach at other side and loc k in place.
74

Remov ing
Tilt strap length adjusters upwards and
unhook strap. Detach rod of net, close
covers.
Pictu re no: 14930T.tif Picture no: 14931T.tif

Lashing e yes 3 Stowage compartments in the
These ena ble loads to be secured in luggage compartme nt
position in the luggage comp artment using Warning triangle ¨ 3 and first-aid kit + 3
lashing straps 3, a lug gage net 3 or a stowage – see page 200. Stowing the spare
safety net 3. wheel – see page 202. J ack and vehicle
tools stowage – see p age 204.
Safety net – see page 74.
75

z If objects are being tra nsported in the
lug gage compartment, the rear seat
backrests must be loc ked in position –
see pages 69, 71
z Do not allow the load to protrude above
the upper edg e of the rear sea t
backrests, or ab ov e the upper edge of
the front seat back rests if the rear seat
backrests are fold ed d ow n
z The w arning triangle 3 and first-a id kit 3
must a lways be freely accessible
z Do not place any objec ts in front of the
rear window or on the instrum ent panel.
They a re reflected in the glass, obstruct
Pi cture no: 14842t.tif Pict ure no: 14932t.tif the driver’s view and will be thrown
Notes on loading the vehicle z Sa loon / Hatch, Coupe: Loose objects in
through the vehicle in the ev ent of heav y
the lugg age com partment should be
braking, for example
z Heav y objec ts in the lug gage secured against slipping using a safety
com partment should be placed as far net 3 – see p age 75 z Objects m ust not be stored in the a irb ag
forward as possible aga inst the engag ed inflation area, because they could cause
z Estate: Always fit the safety net 3 when
rear seat backrests or, if the rear seat injury if the airbag inflates
transp orting objects in the luggage
backrests are folded down, against the compa rtm ent – see p age 74
front seat b ackrests. If objects a re to be
stacked, the heav ier objects should be
placed at the b ottom. Unsecured objec ts
in the luggage compartment would be
thrown forward with great force in the
event of heavy braking, for exam ple
z Secure heav y objec ts with lashing
straps 3 atta ched to lashing ey es 3 –
see page 75. If heavy loads slip when the
vehicle is braked heavily or driven
around a bend, the handling of the
vehicle may chang e
76

z Do not d riv e with the luggage Acc essory sock et 3
com partment open or ajar, such as when The ciga rette lighter socket c an b e used to
transporting bulky objects. Otherw ise connect electric al accessories. The socket is
poisonous exhaust fumes may enter the operational w hen the ignition is switched
vehicle. In add ition, the vehicle number on. If the engine is off, how ever, the ba ttery
plate is only clearly distinguishable and could become discha rg ed.
correctly lit if the lug gage compartment Do not dam age the soc kets by using
is closed
unsuitable plugs.
z Weights, payload a nd roof load – see
The maximum power requirement of
page 263
electrical ac cessories m ust not ex ceed
z Driv ing with a roof load (see pages 166, 120 w atts or 50 watts if the heated seats 3
169, 188) increases the sensitivity of the are switched on.
vehicle to crosswinds and has a
Do not connect any current-delivering
detrimental effect on v ehicle ha ndling
acc essories, e.g. electrical charging
ow ing to the vehicle’s higher centre of Pi cture no: 9418T.tif devices or b atteries.
gravity Cigarette lighter ) 3
The cig arette lighter is loc ated in the centre Electrical ac cessories connected to the
Disreg ard of these notes ca n lead to console, at the front. socket must c om ply with the
injuries which may be fatal. Vehicle electromagnetic compatibility
passengers should be informed Press in cig a rette lighter with ignition requirements laid d ow n in DIN standard
according ly . switched on. Sw itches off automatically VDE 40 839, otherwise vehicle m alfunctions
and ejects once the element is glowing. Pull ma y occur.
out lighter.
77

Picture no: 9759T.tif Pict ure no: 14908t.tif Picture no: 14845t.tif
Ashtray 3 To empty , grip b oth sides of the ashtray Rear a sht ray 3
To be used only for ash and not for insert a nd pull upwards. To open, swivel the cover upwards.
combustible rubbish. To em pty, open the cov er halfway. Pull the
ashtray upwards by its cover, tilting the
Disreg ard c an lead to injuries which may ashtray slightly forward as you do so.
be fatal. Vehicle pa ssengers should be
informed accordingly.
Ashtray, front 3
Press ashtray cover to op en.
78

Sun visors
Use the sun visor to protect from glare by
pulling it down and swivelling it to the sid e.
Pi cture no: 14909t.tif

Glove com partm ent
To open, pull hand le.
The false bottom 3 of the glove
compartment is remova ble: disengage it
by pulling on the front rim .
When re-inserting the fa lse bottom , slot it
onto the guide tracks at the sides and press
to enga ge in the rear wall.
O n the right-ha nd side of the op en glove
compartment there is a pen holder.
The C D changer 3 may be located in the
glove compartment.
In vehicles with Infotainm ent system 3 the
telematics unit can be housed in the glove
compartment.
79

Safety systems Three-stage re straint system
Comprising:
The airbag sy stems 3 serve to
supplement the three-p oint sea t belts
z three-point seat belts, and belt tensioners. The seat belts must
z belt tensioners a t the front seats, therefore always be worn. Disregard of
these instructions may lead to injuries or
z airbag sy stems for driver, front endanger life. Vehicle p assengers should
passenger 3 and pa ssengers in the outer be informed accordingly.
rea r seats 3.
The three stag es are a ctivated in sequence Be sure to read the detailed descriptions of
depending on the seriousness of the the three-stage restra int system and the
accident: child restraint system on the following
pag es!
z The automa tic seat belt locking devices
prevent the belt strap from being pulled
out and thus ensure that the v ehicle
occupants are retained in their seats.
z The front seat b elt buckles are p ulled
downwards. As a result, the seat b elts
are instantaneously tightened and the
occupants are made aware of the
deceleration of the vehicle at a v ery ea rly
stage. This reduces the stress placed on
the body.
z The airbag sy stems a re also triggered in
the ev ent of serious accidents and form a
safety cushion for the occupants.
80

Seat belts In the event of an accident, persons not
wearing sea t belts enda ng er their fellow
Alwa ys wea r your seat belt, and that oc cup ants and themselves.
means also in urb an traffic and when
you are a rear seat passenger. It can Warning light for the seat belt X – see
page 28.
save y our life!
Pregnant women m ust alwa ys wear a Sea t belts are desig ned to be used by only
one person at a time. They a re only
seat belt – see page 84.
suitable for children aged up to 12 or
sma ller than 150 cm if used in conjunction
with a child seat.
For children up to 12 y ears of age we
recommend the Vauxhall child restraint
sy stem – see pa ge 96.
Three-point seat belts

The vehicle is equipped with three-point
seat belts with automatic retrac tion and
locking that provid e full freedom of move-
ment, even though the belts are spring
loaded and the belts alwa ys lie snug ly
aga inst the b od y. For seat p osition –
see page 67.
The belt has a " vehicle sensitive retra ctor"
which is designed to lock during hea vy
acc eleration or deceleration in any
direction.
81

Belt tens ioners Periodically inspect all pa rts of the belt
The front sea t belt system incorporates belt system for dam age and to ma ke sure they
tensioners. In the event of a head -on or are functioning properly . Dama ged parts,
rea r-end collision, d epending on the such as overstretched belts, m ust be
severity of the accident, the belt buckles replaced by new ones.
are pulled d ow nwa rd s; the diagonal a nd If the seat belts are undama ged the
lap b elts are instantaneously tightened. operation thereof is unaffec ted, even if the
belt tensioners hav e b een trigg ered .
Actuati on of belt tensioners

is indicated by the control indicator v – see
next pa ge. Actua tion ma y also be
indica ted b y yellow tabs 3 on the belt
buckles.
The belt tensioners must be replaced after
activation. We recommend that you
82

z The belt tensioner and airbag sy stem
Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied. control electronics can be found in the
We recommend that you consult a centre console area. In order to av oid
Vauxhall Authorised R epairer. malfunctions, do not store mag netic
objects in this a rea.
The system’s integ ra ted self-diagnostics
allow s faults to be quickly remedied. Hav e z We recom mend that you entrust seat
your Car Pass on ha nd when consulting a remova l to a Vauxhall Authorised
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. Repairer.
Imp or tant z The belt tensioners only actuate once.
Please replace belt tensioners that have
z Accessories and other objects must not
been triggered. We recom mend tha t you
be affixed or placed within the action
zone of the belt tensioners a s this may
result in injury if the belt tensioners are z Applicable safety directives must always
triggered. be ob served when disposing of the
vehicle. For this reason, d isposal should
Cont rol indica tor v for belt t ensioners z Do not mak e any modifications to the
be performed by an authorised recycling
The b elt tensioners are elec tronically components of the belt tensioners, as
company. We recommend that you
monitored together with the airbag this will render the vehicle
systems and the operation thereof is unroa d-worthy .
indicated on the instrument panel b y the
control indica tors v. When the ignition is Imp roper handling (e. g. removal or
switched on, the control indica tors installation) could cause the belt
illuminate for approx. 4 seconds . If they do tensioners to be triggered. Risk of injury!
not illuminate, or they do not go off within
4 seconds, or illuminate whilst driving,
there is a fault in the belt tensioner system
or the a irb ag systems – see p age 91. The
belt tensioner or the airbag sy stems may
not activate if an accident occurs.
83

Using the belts Height adjustm ent 3
O n pregnant women in particular, the
Fitting seat bel ts of front seat belt upper a nchorage points:
lap belt must be positioned as low as
Pull the belt out of the retractor and guide 1. Pull b elt out slig htly.
possible ac ross the pelv is so as not to put
it across the body , making certain that it is too much pressure on the abdomen.
not twisted. 2. Press button down or push belt guide up.
Bulk y clothing prevents the belt from fitting 3. Set desired height.
Insert latch plate into buc kle. Backrest must
not be tilted too far ba ck, since this would prop erly. The belt must not rest against 4. Allow anchorage to lock aud ibly into
affect the operation of the sea t belts; ha rd or fragile objects in the pockets of position.
recomm ended tilting angle approx . 25°. your clothing (e.g. ballpoint pens, keys,
spectacles) because these could cause Do not adjust height while driving .
The lap belt must be straight and lying
snugly against the body . Tighten belt at injury. Do not place any objec ts (e.g. Adjust height such that the belt passes
frequent intervals whilst driving by tugging ha ndb ags, mobile phones) b etween the over the occupant’s shoulder and rests
diagonal part of belt. belt and your body. aga inst the shoulder. It must not pass over
the neck or upp er arm – see page 81,
Fig. 13183 T.
84

Testing the belts
Plea se check all parts of the b elt system
occasionally for dama ge a nd correct
operation. H ave da maged parts replaced .
In ca se of an accident, please replace
overstretc hed belts and triggered belt
tensioners. We recommend consulting a
Do not perform any altera tions on the
belts, their anchorages, the automatic
retrac tors or the belt buck les.
Mak e sure that b elts are not da maged or
trapped by sharp-edged objec ts.
Remov ing the belt Lap belt 3

To rem ov e the belt, depress the red In centre of rear seat: to adjust the length,
pushbutton on the buck le; the belt will press the top of the la tch plate.
retract autom atic ally.
Three-point seat b el t 3 on centre rear
seat
The belt can only be pulled out of the
retractor when the rear seat backrests are
prop erly lock ed into their b rackets – see
pages 69, 71.
85

Exception:
Passenger sea t with seat occupancy
recognition system 3 . The seat occupancy
recognition system deactiva tes the
passenger front and side airbags if the
passenger seat is unoccupied or a
Vauxhall child restraint system with
transponders 3 has been fitted to the
passenger seat. S eat occupa ncy
recognition – see p age 91. Vauxhall child
restraint sy stem with transponders 3 – see
pag e 102.
Examples of events triggering the front
airbag sy stem:
z Impact against a non-y ielding obstacle:
Vauxhall Full-Size airbag s yste m z seat occ upa ncy rec og nition 3, the front airbags are trigg ered at low
Front airb ag vehicle speed.
z the control indicator for Va ux ha ll child
The front airbag system is identified by the restraint systems y with transponders 3 z Impact against a yield ing obstacle:
word AI RBAG on the steering wheel and in the courtesy light. (such as another vehicle): the front
above the glov e c om partment 3. airbags are only triggered at a hig her
The front airb ag system will be trigg ered :
The front airbag system comprises: vehicle speed.
z depending on the severity of the
z an airbag with inflator in the steering accident,
wheel and a second one in the
instrum ent panel, z depending on the type of impact,
z within the range shown in the illustration,
z the control elec tronics with impact
sensor, z indep endently of the side airb ag
z the a irb ag system s control indicator v in system 3 and curtain airbag sy stem 3.
the instrument panel,
86

When trigg ered , the front airbags inflate in The front airbag sy stem will not be
The front airbag sy stem provides
milliseconds and form a safety cushion for triggered in the ev ent of
optimum p rotection when the seat,
driver and front passeng er. The forw ard z the ignition is switched off,
back rest and head restra int are correctly
movement of the driver and front z minor frontal collisions,
adjusted: Adjust the driver’s seat
passenger is checked and the risk of z accidents in which the vehicle overturns,
according to the occupant’s height such
injuries to the upper body a nd head z collisions involving a sid e or rear impac t
that with the driver sitting upright the
thereby substantially reduced. where it would not be of benefit to the
steering wheel is held in the a rea of its
occupants.
No im pairment of view will occur, because upper sp ok es with the d riv er’s arms
the a irb ags inflate and deflate so quickly . slightly bent. The pa ssenger seat should
be as far back as possible, with the
back rest upright – see pages 5, 67. Do
not place the head, body , hands or feet
on the c ov ers of the airbag sy stems.
Do not place any objects in the area in
which the airb ags inflate. Im portant
inform ation – see page 94.
The three-point seat belt must be
correctly fitted – see page 84.
87

Seat belts must therefore always be
worn. The front airbag system serves to
supplement the three-point seat belts. If
you do not wea r your seat belt you risk
being seriously injured, or even thrown
from the vehic le, in the ev ent of an
accident.
In the event of an accident the belt helps
to keep you in the correct seating
position, so that the front airb ag system
can provide you with effective
protection.
In addition, the front airb ag sy stem will not

be triggered for the front passenger in
Side airb ag 3 The side airbag sy stem will be triggered:
versions with seat occupancy recognition 3
The side a irb ag system is identified by the
if z depending on the sev erity of the
word AIRBAG on the outb oa rd sides of the
accident,
z the front passenger’ s seat is unoccupied, front seat backrests.
z depending on the ty pe of im pact,
z there is a prop erly fitted Va ux ha ll child The side a irb ag system c om prises:
restraint system with transponders 3 . z within the range shown in the illustration
z an airbag with infla tor in the back of the
on the driver’s door or front passenger
driver’s and front passenger’s seat
door,
Seat occupancy recognition - see page 91. respectively ,
z ind epend ently of the front airbag
Vauxhall child restraint sy stem with z the control electronics,
sy stem.
transponders 3 – see pa ge 102.
z the side impact sensors, Exception: Pa ssenger seat with seat
z the airbag systems control ind icator v in occupancy recognition system 3. The seat
the instrum ent panel, occupancy recognition sy stem dea ctivates
the pa ssenger front and sid e airbags if the
z seat occ upa ncy rec og nition 3,
passenger seat is unoccupied or a
z the control indicator for Va ux ha ll child Vauxhall child restraint system with
restraint systems y with transponders 3 transponders 3 has been fitted to the
in the courtesy light. passenger seat. S eat occupa ncy
recognition – see p age 91. Vauxhall child
restraint sy stem with transponders 3 – see
pag e 102.
88

There must be no objects in the area in
which the airb ag inflates or in the a rea
between the seat backs and the vehicle
body . Do not place the hands or arms on
the covers of the airba g systems.
Imp ortant information – see page 94.
The three-p oint seat b elt m ust always b e
correctly fitted – see page 84.
The side airba gs will not be triggered in the

event of
z the ig nition is sw itc hed off,
z fronta l collisions,
When triggered, the sid e airbag inflates in z accidents in which the v ehicle overturns, C ur tain ai rbag 3
milliseconds to form a safety cushion for z collisions involving a rear impac t, The curtain a irba g system is identified by
the d riv er or front passenger in the the word AIRBAG on the roof pillar trim.
z collisions involving a side imp act outside
respective door area. This substantially
the passenger cell. The curtain a irba g system com prises:
red uces the risk of injury to the upper body
in the event of a sid e-on collision. In addition, the side airbag system w ill not z an airbag w ith inflator in the roof frame
be triggered for the front passenger in on the d riv er’s and front passenger’s side
versions with seat occupa ncy recognition 3 respectively,
if z the control electronics,
z the front passeng er’s seat is unoccupied,
z the side im pact sensors,
z there is a properly fitted Vauxhall child
restraint system with transpond ers 3. z the airbag sy stems control indicator v in
the instrument panel.
Sea t occupancy rec og nition - see page 91.
Vauxhall c hild restraint system with
tra nsponders 3 – see page 102.
89

There m ust be no objec ts in the area in
which the airbag inflates. Do not place
the hands or arms on the covers of the
airbag sy stems. Important information –
see page 94.
The three-point seat belt must alway s be
correctly fitted – see pag e 84.
The curtain airbags will not b e triggered in

the event of
z the ignition is switched off,
z frontal collisions,
z accidents in which the vehicle overturns,
The curtain airbag system will be triggered: When triggered, the curtain airbag inflates z collisions involving a rear impact,
in millisecond s to form a sa fety cushion in
z depending on the severity of the z collisions involving a side impact outside
the head area on the side of the vehicle
accident, the passenger cell.
affected . This substantially reduces the risk
z depending on the typ e of impa ct, of injury to the head in the event of a side-
z within the range shown in the illustration on c ollision.
on the driver’ s door or front passenger
door,
z together with the side airbag sy stem,
z independently of the front airbag
system .
90

Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied.
We recommend that you consult a
Vauxhall Authorised R epairer.
The system’s integ ra ted self-diagnostics
allow s faults to be quickly remedied. Hav e
your Car Pass on ha nd when consulting a
Seat occup ancy r ecog ni tion 3
The seat occupa ncy recognition sy stem
deactiv ates the front and side passeng er
airbags if the front passenger seat is
unoccupied or a Vauxhall child restraint
sy stem with transponders 3 has been fitted
to the front passenger seat. The curtain
Cont rol indica tor v for airb ag systems airbag system remains activated. In ad dition, vehicles with seat occupancy
The a irb ag systems are monitored recognition can be id entified by the sticker
The control indicator for seat occupancy
electronic ally together with seat on the front passenger seat.
recognition is located in the courtesy light. If
occupancy recognition 3 and the belt
this control indicator lights up after the Vauxhall child restraint systems with
tensioners. Their opera tional readiness is
ignition is switched on for approx. 4 seconds, transponders 3 are automatically
shown b y control ind icator v in the the vehicle is equipped with seat occupancy detected if correctly fitted to the front
instrument panel. When the ignition is
recognition – see page 92, Fig. 11414 T. passenger seat. When these child restraint
switched on, the control indic ator lights up
systems are being used on the front
for approx. 4 seconds. If it does not light This control ind ic ator lig hts up
passenger seat, the front and side airbag
up, if it does not go out after 4 seconds or permanently after the ignition is switched
systems for the front passenger seat are
if it lights up while driving, there is a fault in on w hen a Vauxhall child restraint system
deactivated. The curta in a irb ag system
the a irb ag systems, sea t occupancy with transp onders 3 is fitted as soon as the
remains a ctivated. Pay a ttention to the
recognition 3 or the belt tensioners – see sy stem has detected the seat. Only then
seat oc cup anc y recog nition 3 control
page 83. The sy stems m ay fail to trigg er in can the child restraint system be
indicator – see p age 92.
an accid ent. tra nsported on the front p assenger seat.
91

Control i nd icator y for Va uxhall
child restrai nt systems
with t ransponders 3
The presenc e of a Vauxhall c hild restraint
sy stem with transponders 3 is ind icated
after the ig nition has been switched on by
permanent illum ination of the c ontrol
indica tor y in the courtesy light, as soon
as the seat occupa ncy recognition sy stem
ha s d etec ted the child restraint sy stem.
If the control indicator d oes not illuminate

Only Vauxhall child restraint systems
whilst driving, the front and side airbag
with transp onders 3 can be fitted on the
have not been deactivated on the
front passenger seat; the use of systems
passenger side. Risk of fatal injury to the
without transponders poses a danger to
child - fit child restra int system to rear seat.
life.
Hav e c ause of fault remedied. We
Vauxhall child restraint sy stems with recommend that you consult a Vauxhall
transponders 3 are identified by a sticker.
If the child restraint sy stem is not fitted
correc tly or the transpond ers are fa ulty ,
the control indicator flashes. Check that
the child restraint system is fitted correctly .
Fitting child restraint system with
transponders 3 - see pag es 102 to 103.
92

If the control indicator does not illuminate
with a c orrectly insta lled child restraint If the Vaux hall child restraint system
system there is a fault – risk of fa ta l injury with transp onders 3 has been fitted
to the c hild. Fit child restra int system to according to the instructions, the control
rea r seat. Ha ve cause of fault remedied . indicator for Va ux ha ll restra int system s
We recommend that you consult a with transp onders must light up in the
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. courtesy light when the ignition is
switched on.
If no Vauxhall child restraint system with
transponders 3 is installed the control If the control indicator does not
indicator must neither illuminate nor flash, illuminate w hilst driving, the airbag
since the passenger side airb ag systems systems have not been deactivated on
would not be trigg ered . Have the c ause of the passenger sid e. Risk of fatal injury. In
fault remedied. We recommend that you this case, fit child restraint system to rear
consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. seat. Have cause of fault remedied. We
rec om mend that you consult a Vauxhall
93

Im portant z O nly protective covers whic h are z Do not perform any alterations on the
z Acc essories and other objects must not approved for y our v ehicle with side components of the airbag sy stem, as this
be affixed or placed in the a rea in which airbag 3 ma y be fitted on the front would rend er the vehicle unroad-worthy .
the airbags inflate a s they could cause seats. When fitting the protective covers,
injury if the airbags are trig gered. mak e sure that the airbag units on the The systems can b e triggered abrup tly
outboard sides of the front seat and cause injury if they are ha nd led
z Do not p la ce a ny objects between the
back rests a re not covered. improperly.
airb ag systems and the vehicle
occ upa nts; d ang er of injury . z The airb ag systems are triggered
z We recom mend ha ving the steering
indep endently of each other depending
z Use the hooks in the roof frame only to wheel, the instrument panel, all panelling
on the severity of the accident and the
hang up light articles of clothing or c oa t parts, the door sea ls, the handles and
type of impa ct. The side airbag system
hangers. Do not place any objects in the the seats removed by a Va ux ha ll
pockets of the hanging items – risk of and the curtain airbag system are Authorised Repairer.
triggered together.
injury.
z Applicable directives must a lways be
z The airbag system s and belt tensioner z Each airbag can be trig gered only once. observed when disposing of the vehic le.
O nc e triggered, an airbag must be
control electronics c an be found in the For this reason, disposal should be
rep laced without delay. We recomm end
centre c onsole area. I n ord er to av oid performed by an authorised recycling
that you consult a Vaux hall Authorised
malfunctions, do not store magnetic company. We recommend that you
Repairer.
ob jects in this area. consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
z The speeds, d irections of m ov ement and
z Do not stick a ny thing on the steering
deform ation p roperties of the v ehicles,
wheel, instrument p anel, front seat
and the properties of the obstac le
backrests or roof fram e in the vicinity of
concerned, determine the severity of the
the airbags, or on the front pa ssenger’s
accident and triggering of the airbags.
seat cushion, or cover any of those areas
The degree of da mage to your vehic le
with other materials.
and the resulting repair costs alone are
z Use only a dry cloth or interior cleaner to not indicative tha t the criteria for
clean the steering wheel, instrum ent triggering of the airbags were m et.
panel, front seat b ackrests, roof fram e
and seat cushion of the front passenger
seat. Do not use any a ggressiv e cleaning
agents.
94

z Persons weighing less than 35 kg should Vehicles with front passenger a irba g can
only tra vel on the rear seats. This does be identified by the word AI RBAG abov e
not ap ply to children who are trav elling the glove com partment a nd the warning
in c hild restra int system s w ith sticker on the side of the instrument panel,
transponders 3. visible when the passenger door is open.
z In vehicles with seat occupancy
Vehic les with sid e airbag 3: No child
recognition 3, do not plac e any heavy
restra int system 3 m ay be fitted on the
ob jects on the front passenger’s seat
front passenger’ s seat; risk of fatal
otherw ise the airba g systems for the
injury.
front passenger’s seat ma y be trigg ered
in the ev ent of an acc id ent.
A v ehicle with side airbags can b e
z In vehicles with seat occupancy identified by the word A IRBAG on the
recognition 3, to prevent m alfunctions outboard sides of the front seat b ackrests.
do not use protective covers or sea t
S eat occupancy recognition 3 – see
cushions on the front passenger’ s seat.
pag e 91.
Use of chil d restraint syst em s 3 on
z When using a Vauxhall child restraint
passenger seat in v ehi cles
system with tra nsponders 3 on the front
with a irbag system s 3 and
passenger’s seat, in order to prevent
without seat oc cupancy recognition 3
malfunctions, no objects (e. g. plastic
sheet, stickers or heated mats) m ay b e Vehicles with front passenger airba g 3
placed under the c hild restra int system . but without side airbag 3: R ear-facing
child seats (safety cradle and sa fety
Child restraint sy stems as well as other seats for weig ht ra nges 0 and I, see
heavy objects must never be carried on following pages) m ust not be fitted on
the la p of passengers; risk of fatal injury. the front passenger seat; danger to life.
If carried in this way , child restraint Forw ard-facing child seats (safety seats
system s with transponders 3 in v ehicles for weig ht ra nges I, II and III , see
with seat oc cup ancy recognition 3 could following pages) ca n be fitted on the
lead to front passenger airb ag systems front passenger seat prov ided that the
not being triggered in the event of an latter is m oved as fa r back as it will go.
accident.
95

The seat occupa ncy recognition sy stem
detects Vauxhall child restraint systems
with tra nsponders 3 and sw itc hes off the
front and side a irb ag sy stems for the front
passenger’s seat. The curtain airbag
sy stem remains a ctiv ated. S eat occupancy
recognition – see page 91.
Vauxhall child restra int systems with trans-
pond ers 3 can be identified by the sticker
on the child restraint sy stem.
Child restraint systems 3

The Vauxhall child restraint sy stem is
designed sp ecifically for your Vauxhall and
thus provides optimum safety for y our child
Use of child restrai nt systems 3 on in the event of impa ct. If a different child Vauxhall safety cradle w ithout
front p assenger sea t in v ehicl es safety seat is used, follow the tra nsp onder
wi th airba g systems 3 a nd manufac turers’ instructions for fitting a nd From birth up to a w eight of 10 kg.
wi th seat occupanc y recognit ion 3 use.
Selec ting the rig ht system
Only Vauxhall child restraint systems
Your child should be transported facing
with transp onders 3 can be fitted on the
backwards in the car as long as p ossible. It
front passenger seats. Use of systems
is ap propria te to change the system when
the child’s head c an no longer be p roperly
life.
supported at eye height. The child’ s
cervical vertebrae a re still very weak and in
an accident they suffer less stress in the
semi-prone back wards p osition than when
sitting upright.
96

Vauxha ll sa fet y crad le w ith transponders Va uxhall Fix child sa fet y seat Vauxhall chil d safety seat w ithout
From birth up to a weight of 10 k g. without t ransponders tra nsp onder
From b irth up to a weig ht of 36 kg. from body weight of 91 ) kg to 36 kg .
The transponders are integrated in the
seat c ushion. Comprising: C om prising:
1 Seat bac krest, 1 Seat backrest,
2 Sa fety support, 2 Safety supp ort,
3 Seat cushion, 3 Seat cushion.
4 Securing console,
5 Height adjuster cushion,
6 Adapter with belt buckles,
7 Reboard belt.
1)
Use of th e system is not recomm ended fo r
ch ildren w eig hing less tha n 11 kg.
97

Vehicles with front pa ssenger airbag ca n
be id entified by the w ord AIRBAG above
the glove compartment and the warning
sticker on the side of the instrument p anel,
visible when the passenger door is open.
Use of child restrai nt systems 3 on

passenger seat in vehicles Vehic les with sid e airbag 3: No child
wi th airba g systems 3 a nd restra int system 3 m ay be fitted on the
front passenger’ s seat; risk of fatal
wi thout sea t occupa nc y recognit ion 3
injury.
Vehicles with front passenger airbag 3
but without side airbag 3 : Rea r-fac ing A v ehicle with side airbags can b e
child seats (safety cradle and safety identified by the word A IRBAG on the
seats for weight ranges 0 and I, see outboard sides of the front seat b ackrests.
following pag es) must not be fitted on S eat occupancy recognition 3 – see
the front p assenger seat; danger to life. pag e 91.
Forward-facing child seats (sa fety seats
for weight ranges I , II and II I, see
following pag es) can be fitted on the
front passenger seat provided that the
la tter is moved as far back as it will go.
98

Not e
z Children under 12 years or under 150 cm
tall should only trav el in an ap prop ria te
child sa fety sea t.
z When transporting c hildren, use the child
restra int system s suitable for the child’s
weight.
z Ensure that the c hild restraint system is
fitted correctly .
z The covers of the safety c ra dle a nd
safety seat can be wiped clean.
z Do not stick any thing on the child
restra int systems and do not cover them
with any other m aterials.
Use of child restrai nt systems 3 on Vauxhall c hild restraint system s w ith z Only a llow the child to enter and exit on
front p assenger sea t in v ehicl es tra nsponders 3 can be identified by the the side of the vehicle facing away from
wi th airba g systems 3 a nd sticker on the child restraint system. the road.
wi th seat occupanc y recognit ion 3
z A child restraint sy stem which has been
Only Vauxhall child restraint systems subjected to stress in an accident must
with transp onders 3 can be fitted on the be replaced.
front passenger seats. Use of systems
z You should also ob serve the instructions
on installa tion and use supplied with the
life.
child restraint sy stem.
The seat occupancy recognition system
6
detects Vaux hall child restraint sy stems
with transponders 3 and switches off the
relevant airbag sy stems to protect the
child. S eat occ upa ncy rec og nition – see
page 91.
99

Child restraint sys tem : Fastening t he chi ld’s sea t belt Ad apting to the child’ s size
Vauxhall safety cradle 3 without Plac e child in safety cradle. The length and heig ht of the belts on the
trans ponde r safety cradle can be adjusted a ccording to
Join the two shoulder belts of the sa fety
For babies ag ed up to 10 months or the child ’s size:
cradle as shown in the illustration and
weighing up to 10 k g. engage in belt buckle between the child’s To adjust length, p ull b elt strap at rear of
legs. safety cradle or loosen it by pressing the
In vehicles with front passeng er airba g 3 metal clip.
or side airbag 3, the safety cradle must
not be fitted on the front passenger’s The b elt must fit snugly across the child’s
seat, risk of fatal injury . In this case, fit body w ithout being too tig ht.
the safety c ra dle on the rear seat.
100

To adjust height, pull both shoulder belts Securing in the v ehic le O pen clip on rear of safety cradle to side.
towards rear through slots. Then guid e Raise carrying handle of safety c ra dle.
Route the diag onal part of the vehicle seat
belts through slots in required position. Plac e safety cradle on rear sea t, with
belt around the bac k of the safety cradle
belted c hild facing away from the d irection
bac krest through the open clip. Tighten
of trav el.
vehicle seat belt and close clip.
Pull v ehicle seat belt out of retractor and
To disengage carrying hand le, press down
route lap belt through the two guide clips
and swivel in direc tion of v ehicle seat
on the sid e b olsters of the safety cradle.
bac krest.
Fasten b elt buckle.
101

Child restraint sys tem , J oin the two shoulder belts of the safety
In vehicles with front passenger airbag 3
Vauxhall safety cradle cradle as shown in Figure 11411a and
or side airb ag 3 and seat occupancy
with transponders 3 eng age in belt buck le between the child’s
rec og nition 3, only Va ux ha ll child
For babies ag ed up to 10 months or legs.
restraint systems with transponders 3
weighing up to 10 k g. Ad apting to the child’ s size
may be fitted on the front pa ssenger
The Vauxhall safety cradle with seat; using systems without The length and heig ht of the belts on the
transponders 3 can be identified by a transp onders p oses a risk of fatal injury. safety cradle can be adjusted a ccording to
stic ker on the safety crad le – see page 96. the child ’s size:
Sea t occupancy recognition 3 – see
To adjust length, p ull b elt strap at rear of
Do not fit a child restraint sy stem on the page 91.
safety cradle or loosen it by pressing the
front passenger seat if the v ehicle is Vauxhall c hild restraint system s w ith metal clip.
equipped with front passenger airbag 3 tra nsponders 3 may a lso be fitted on the
or side airb ags 3, but d oes not have seat rear seat. The b elt must fit snugly across the child’s
occ upa ncy rec og nition 3. Otherwise, body w ithout being too tig ht.
there is a risk of fatal injury. Fastening t he chi ld’s sea t belt
Plac e child in safety cradle.
102

To adjust height, pull both shoulder belts Securing in the v ehic le Move upper anchorag e point of vehicle
towards rear through slots. Then guid e Raise carrying handle of safety c ra dle. seat belt to lowest position 3 – see
belts through slots in required position. Alw ays place child restraint cradle with pag e 84.
belted-in child on passeng er seat fa cing
Pull vehicle seat belt out of retractor and
away from the direction of travel as
route lap belt through the two guid e clips
illustrated. on the side bolsters of the safety cradle.
Ad just seat b ackrest as described on
Fasten belt buckle.
page 87.
6
103

Child restraint systems,
Vauxhall Fix child safe ty s eat 3
without trans ponde rs
Modula r system for va rious weight ranges:
z Weight range 0 and I: From birth up to a
weight of 18 kg . Only fit with child fac ing
away from direction of trav el.
z Weight class I: For weight of 9 kg to
18 kg; it is ad visa ble only to use weight
class I for weights of 11 kg or m ore.
Always install facing direction of travel.
O pen clip on rear of safety cradle to side. z Weight class II: For weig ht of 15 kg to
Route the diagonal part of the vehicle seat 25 kg . Always install facing direction of
belt around the back of the safety cradle tra vel.
back rest through the op en clip. Tig hten z Weight class III: For weight of 22 kg to
vehic le seat belt and close clip. 36 kg . Always install facing direction of
To disengage c arrying ha ndle, press down tra vel.
and swivel in direction of vehicle sea t
back rest.
104

Child restraint sys tem : Securing in the v ehic le Feed long belt strap with buckle between
Vauxhall Fix child s afety seat 3, Fit reboard belt 3 to head restraint of seat backrest and seat, slot into reboard
Weight range 0 and I: relev ant front seat as shown. Remove head belt latch and tighten.
From birth up to 18 kg restra int b y releasing spring c atches by
Place safety sea t as follows on one of the pressing a nd withd rawing head restra int
outer rear seats such that the child only – see page 68.
faces a way from the direction of travel. Push reboard belt fully upwa rd s ov er both
struts of the head restraint, as shown in the
illustration. Engage head restraint in
fix tures on seat backrest.
105

Place the height adjuster cushion in one of Before fitting, ad apt child safety seat to Insert latch p la te of reboard belt into
the rear seat bench seating positions. Press child’ s size as necessary – see page 108. buckle at rear of safety seat backrest.
the rounded side of the supplied adap ter
Alw ays mount safety seat fa cing away Tighten reboard belt at belt adjuster. The
between the back rest and the seat bench,
from the direction of trav el and lock the child safety seat back rest must rest against
as shown in the illustration, and eng age
latch plates audibly into the belt buckles on the front seat and the securing console
both belt buckles in the adapter. the securing console. Tug on the seat to must be positioned fully on the seat.
check that the belt ha s engaged properly .
To adjust the front seat, loosen reboard
belt. O nc e sea t has b een adjusted,
retig hten at belt adjuster.
106

Fasteni ng the child’ s seat b elt To adjust leng th, pull belt strap a t front of Remov ing the safety seat
Place child in sa fety sea t. safety seat or loosen it b y lifting the metal Undo belt buckle on rear of safety sea t and
clip. depress red pushbuttons on both belt
Join latch plates of belts on safety seat and
buckles on the ad apter. Detac h safety seat
enga ge in b uck le.
The belt must fit snugly across the child’s from ad apter.
body without b eing too tight.
Before rem oving the ad apter, disengage
the belt b uck les from underneath.
107

Ada pting t o the child’s size Ad justing child safety seat on securing
Adjust height of belts on safety seat console a ccording to child’s size: U nscrew
according to child’s size: detach padding the four knurled screws and nuts from the
from rear of backrest, d etach vertic al belts underside of the securing c onsole. Detach
from metal clip and pull them out in the the securing console and slot it in the
forward direction. Route belts through desired position on the stud bolts
other slots a nd attach them to metal clip. (3 possib le settings). Screw in knurled
Resecure pad ding at rear of backrest. screws and nuts.
108

Child restraint sys tem : To change from w eig ht range 0 and I to Securing in the vehicle
Vauxhall Fix child s afety seat 3, weight ra ng e I Place the height adjuster cushion in one of
Weight range I: Remove safety seat b y reversing seq uence the rea r seat bench seating positions. Press
9 kg to 18 kg 1) of proc edure for fitting weight rang e the rounded side of the supplied ada pter
0 and I. between the ba ckrest and the seat benc h,
The c hild must face the direction of travel
when a safety seat is placed on one of the Turn safety seat over and loosen the four as show n in the illustration, and engage
both belt buckles in the adapter.
outer rear seats. knurled screws and nuts in the und ersid e of
the securing console. Deta ch securing
The safety seat for weight range I is also 6
console.
ava ilab le as a separate sy stem. S ee the
third column on this page for details on its Raise clamp 1 and rem ove from belt loop.
use. Pull belt buckle from seat c ushion. Detach
integral belt from sa fety sea t.
Keep a ll parts in a safe place.
Rota te securing console 180° a nd slot it
onto the two stud bolts (3 possible
settings). S crew in the knurled screw s a nd
nuts.
1)
Use of th e s ys tem is n ot recomm ended fo r
children weig hing less tha n 11 kg.
109

Mount safety seat in direc tion of travel only Fastening t he chi ld’s sea t belt Insert diag onal and lap belts of vehicle
and lock both latch plates on securing Plac e child in safety seat. seat belt into belt guides on safety base.
console audibly into belt buckles on
Insert safety base into recesses on seat Insert latch p la te of vehicle sea t belt in
adap ter. Tug on the seat to check that the
cushion. buckle.
belt has engaged properly .
Move upp er anchorage point of vehicle Remov ing the safety seat
seat belt to lowest position 3 . Height Depress red p ushbutton for each buckle
adjustment – see page 84. on adap ter. Detach safety seat from
ada pter – see page 107, Fig. 10397 A.
110

Child restraint sys tem : To change from w eig ht range 0 and I to Securing in the vehicle
Vauxhall Fix child s afety seat 3, weight ra ng e I I Place the height adjuster cushion in one of
Weight range II: Remove safety seat b y reversing seq uence the rea r seat bench seating positions. Press
15 kg to 25 kg of op erations for fitting weig ht ra nge the rounded side of the supplied ada pter
The c hild must face the direction of travel 0 and I. between the ba ckrest and the seat benc h,
when a safety seat is placed on one of the Turn safety seat over and loosen the four as show n in the illustration, and engage
outer rear seats. both belt buckles in the adapter.
knurled screws and nuts in the und ersid e of
The safety seat for weight range I I is also the securing console. Deta ch securing
console. 6
third column on this pa ge for details on Raise clamp 1 and rem ove from belt loop.
its use. Pull belt buckle from seat c ushion. Detach
integral belt from sa fety sea t.
Keep a ll parts in a safe place.
Rota te securing console 180° a nd slot it
onto the two stud bolts (3 possible
settings). S crew in the knurled screw s a nd
nuts.
111

Mount safety seat in direc tion of travel only Fastening t he chi ld’s sea t belt O pen flap on outer height adjuster on
and lock both latch plates on securing Plac e child in safety seat. safety seat, insert belt and close flap.
console audibly into belt buckles on
Insert latch plate of vehicle seat belt in Withdraw pin and a djust belt position by
adap ter. Tug on the seat to check that the
buckle. mov ing slide upwa rds or downwards. Allow
belt has engaged properly .
pin to lock into p osition.
The lap b elt of the vehicle seat belt must
pass through the two guides on the seat
The seat b elt must pass over the child’s
cushion.
shoulder, never over the neck or upper
Ad just the upp er anchorage point of the arm.
vehicle seat belt 3 so that the belt runs
along the shortest route to the height Remov ing the safety seat
adjuster on child safety seat. Heig ht Depress red p ushbutton for each buckle
adjustment – see page 84. on adap ter. Detach safety seat from
112

Child restraint sys tem : To change from w eig ht range I or II t o Securing in the vehicle
Vauxhall Fix child s afety seat 3, weight ra ng e I II Place the height adjuster cushion in one of
Weight range III: Remove safety seat b y reversing seq uence the rea r seat bench seating positions. Press
22 kg to 36 kg of opera tions for fitting weig ht range I or II. the rounded side of the supplied ada pter
The c hild must face the direction of travel between the ba ckrest and the seat benc h,
Use a screw driver to unscrew the outer
when a safety seat is placed on one of the screws connecting the sa fety seat backrest as show n in the illustration, and engage
outer rear seats. both belt buckles in the adapter.
and cushion. Remove stud bolts from sea t
The safety seat for weight range I II is also cushion, working from the inside. Separate
safety seat backrest from cushion. 6
nex t page for details on its use. Keep a ll parts in a safe place.
113

Remov ing the safety seat
Depress red p ushbutton for each buckle
on adap ter. Detach safety seat from
Mount safety seat in d irection of trav el and Fastening t he chi ld’s sea t belt
lock b oth latch p la tes audibly into belt Plac e child on sea t cushion.
buckles on a dapter. Tug on the seat to
Insert latch plate of vehicle seat belt in
check that the b elt has engag ed p roperly.
buckle.
The lap b elt must pass through the tw o
guid es on the sea t cushion.
The seat belt must p ass over the child’s

shoulder, nev er over the neck or upper
arm. Adjust upper anchora ge p oint of
vehicle sea t belt a ccording to child’s
size 3. Heig ht adjustm ent – see page 84.
114

Child restraint sys tem ,
Vauxhall child restraint seat 3
without transponder
Modular sy stem for various weight ranges:
z Weight class I: for w eight of 9 kg to z Weight class II: for weight of 15 kg to

18 kg; it is ad visa ble only to use weight 25 kg . Always install facing direction of
class I for weig hts of 11 kg and above. tra vel.
Always install facing direction of travel.
z Weight class III: For weight of 22 kg to
36 kg . Always install facing direction of
tra vel.
115

Child restraint sys tem : Fastening t he chi ld’s sea t belt Insert diag onal and lap belts of vehicle
Vauxhall child s afety seat 3 , Plac e the sa fety sea t on one of the rear seat belt into belt guides on safety base.
Weight range I: seats or on the front passenger seat, facing
Insert latch p la te of vehicle sea t belt in
9 kg to 18 kg 1) the direction of travel. I n the latter case,
buckle.
move front passenger seat as far back as it
May be fitted on rea r seat or front
passenger’s sea t. In the latter case, move will go.
front pa ssenger’s seat as far ba ck as it will Plac e child in safety seat.
go.
Insert safety base into recesses on seat
cushion.
On vehicles w ith side airbag s 3 , no child
restraint system may be fitted on the Move upp er anchorage point of vehicle
front passenger’ s sea t; risk of fatal seat belt to lowest position 3 . Height
injury. adjustment – see page 84.
1)
Use of th e s ys tem is n ot recomm ended fo r
children weig hing less tha n 11 kg.
116

Child restraint sys tem : Fastening t he chi ld’s sea t belt O pen flap on outer height adjuster on
Vauxhall child s afety seat 3 , Plac e the sa fety sea t on one of the rear safety seat, insert belt and close flap.
Weight range II: seats or on the front passenger seat, facing
Withdraw pin and a djust belt position by
15 kg to 25 kg the direction of travel. I n the latter case,
mov ing slide upwa rds or downwards. Allow
May be fitted on rea r seat or front move front passenger seat as far back as it
pin to lock into p osition.
passenger’s sea t. In the latter case, move will go.
front pa ssenger’s seat as far ba ck as it will Plac e child in safety seat. The seat b elt must pass over the child’s
go. shoulder, never over the neck or upper
Insert latch plate of vehicle seat belt in
arm.
On vehicles w ith side airbag s 3 , no child buckle.
restraint system may be fitted on the The lap b elt of the vehicle seat belt must
front passenger’ s sea t; risk of fatal pass through the two guides on the seat
injury. cushion.
Ad just the upp er anchorage point of the
vehicle seat belt 3 so that the belt runs
along the shortest route to the height
adjuster on child safety seat. Heig ht
adjustment – see page 84.
117

Child restraint sys tem : To change from w eig ht range I or II t o Fastening the child ’s seat bel t
Vauxhall child s afety seat 3 , weight ra ng e I II Place the sea t cushion on one of the rear
Weight range III: Remove safety seat b y reversing seq uence seats or on the front passenger’ s sea t,
22 kg to 36 kg of op erations for fitting weig ht ra nge facing the direction of travel only . In the
May be fitted on rea r seat or front I and II . latter case, move front pa ssenger’s seat as
passenger’s sea t. If it is to be fitted on the Detach both belt ends from metal clip at far ba ck as it will go.
front passenger’s seat, m ove the latter as rear of safety seat back rest and remove Place child on seat cushion.
far back as it will go. belt.
Insert latch p la te of vehicle sea t belt in
On vehicles w ith side airbag s 3 , no child Use a screw driver to unscrew the outer buckle.
restraint system may be fitted on the screws connecting the sa fety seat backrest
The lap belt must pass through the two
front passenger’ s sea t; risk of fatal and cushion. Remove stud bolts from sea t
guides on the seat cushion.
injury. cushion, working from the inside. Separate
safety seat backrest from cushion. The seat b elt must pass over the child’s
The safety seat for weight range I II is a lso Keep a ll parts in a safe place. shoulder, never over the neck or upper
ava ilab le as a separate sy stem. S ee third arm. Adjust upper anchorage point 3 of
column for details on its use. vehicle seat belt accordingly 3. Height
adjustment – see pag e 84.
118

Head restraints
Do not m ount any objec t or component on
the head restraint unless it has been
spec ifically released for your v ehicle for this
purpose. They imp air the protectiv e
properties of the hea d restraint and could
be thrown forwa rd through the vehicle in
the event of heav y braking or an accident.
Safety acce ssorie s 3

The wide ra nge of Vauxhall accessories
allows you to equip your vehicle in
acc orda nce with your own wishes. In
add ition to safety accessories, item s for
improving comfort a nd a complete ra nge
of vehicle care p roducts you will find m any
Exterior mirrors 3 Exterior mir ror on Astra GSi
articles w hich w ill be of g reat va lue to you
For the safety of pedestrians, the exterior For the safety of pedestrians, the mirrors
when need ed.
mirrors will swing out of their normal are released from their mounting s if they
mounting p osition if they are bumped with are b um ped with sufficient force. "Genuine Vaux hall Parts a nd Accessories"
sufficient force. Reposition the m irror by guarantee high quality a nd accurate fit.
Relocate the disengaged mirror housing in
apply ing slight pressure to the mirror its m ountings and engag e by apply ing A Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer will be
housing. pressure. happy to advise you, for ex ample with
regard to:
As pherical ex terior mirror 3 z Vauxhall child restra int system s,
increases the field of view . Estimating the z Tow ropes,
distance away of vehicles following y ou is z Tow rods,
only possible to a limited ex tent b ecause of z Jump leads,
slight distortion. z Spare bulb kit,
z Spare fuse kit,
z Halogen fog lights,
z Mudfla ps,
z Magnetic lig ht,
z Wa rning triangle,
z First-aid kit,
z First-aid kit (cushion).
119

Lighting
Exte rior lights Fog lights > 3

Turn light switch: On = > press
O ff = Press > again
7 = O ff
or switch ignition or
8 = Parking lights
light off
9 = Dipp ed or m ain beam
C ontrol indicator > in instrument panel.
Dip ped beam , main b eam and head lig ht
flash – see p age 14.
Fog tail light r
In positions 8 a nd 9, the tail lights and On = r press
numb er plate lights are also lit. O ff = Press r again
Vehicles with daytime running lig hts 3: or switch ignition or
With the ignition on and the light switch light off
on 7, d ip ped beam without instrum ent C ontrol indicator r in instrument panel.
illumination is on.
The fog tail lights on the vehicle are
Driv ing abroad – see page 124. deactivated when towing a caravan or
trailer.
Turn signals, hazard warning flashers
see p age 15. Reversing lights
C om e on when reverse gear is engaged
and ig nition is sw itched on.
120

Saloon / Hatch, Coupe, C onv ertible, Estate
z Front sea ts occupied = 0
z All seats occupied = 1
z All seats occupied and load
in luggage compartm ent = 2
z Driver’s seat occupied and
load in luggag e com partment = 3
Estate w ith level control 3
z All seats occupied and
full load in luggage compa rtm ent = 1
z All other load states = 0
Astravan
Headlight range adjustm ent ? z Seats occupied = 0 Autom atic headlig ht ra nge ad just ment 3
Manual hea dlight range adjustm ent 3 C ontrols headlight range in vehicles with
z Seats occupied and
Adjust headlight range to four stages of Xenon head lig ht system s. If the c ontrol
half load in luggag e comp artment = 2
vehic le load ing with dipped beam switched indicator ? lights while d riv ing, there is a
on: turn ad juster wheel to desired position. z Seats occupied and fault. Have the cause of the fault remedied
full load in luggage compa rtm ent = 3 imm ediately. We recomm end that y ou
Dep ending on vehic le configuration the consult a Vaux ha ll Authorised Repairer.
head lig ht adjusting range may be
extremely small b etween settings 2 and 3
of the headlight range adjusting wheel.
Correct adjustment of the headlight range
red uces dazzle for other road users.
121

Instrument illum ination k Courtesy light 0 Front reading lights 3
Com es on with ex terior driving lights. Comes on when a door is opened. Once the With ignition switched on:
Brightness c an be adjusted with adjuster door has been shut it goes out immediately
On = Press button
wheel 3. or after a c ertain delay 3 , or when the
O ff = Press button again
ignition is turned on 3.
Inform ation display illum ination 3
To k eep the courtesy light on, p ull the light
Lights up w hen ignition is switched on. switch.
When vehicle lights are on, brightness can
be adjusted with ad juster wheel 3 . Automatically regulated centre
cons ole lighting 3
Spotlight in housing of interior mirror.
Daylight-dependent, automa tic ally
regulated centre console lig hting with
ignition switched on.
122

Glove compartm ent lighting
Glove compartment is illuminated when lid
is open a nd ignition on.
Cigarette lighte r and ashtray

illumination 3
Lights up when ignition is switched on.
Luggage compartment lighting

C om es on when the boot lid / tailgate is
opened.
Safeguarding the batte ry 3

S om e consum ers such a s the interior
lighting switch them selves off after approx.
Courtes y / reading lights , rear 3 Re ar courtesy lights / reading light 3 30 minutes if the ignition is off in order to
on vehicles with protec t the battery charge.
On = Sw itch to rear
curtain airbag s yste m 3
O ff = Sw itch to centre
On = Sw itc h position I
Light switches itself Off = Sw itc h position 0
on when a Light switches
rea r door is opened = Sw itch to front itself on w hen
a rear door
is opened = C entre switch position
123

Headlights when driving abroad
The a sym metrical dipped bea m increases
the field of vision on the passenger side of
the la ne.
This causes glare for oncom ing traffic if the
vehic le is driven in countries where traffic
drives on the opposite side of the road.
Halog en headl ight system 3
To avoid glare, place masking strips on
both head lig hts. We recomm end that y ou
Xenon headlig ht system 3 3. Move lev er shown in illustration upwards.

To avoid glare, switch both dipped beam
4. Check light / dark limits of dipped beam
headlights to sy mmetrica l dipped beam:
(e.g. in front of a wall):
1. O pen bonnet. Horizontal = Sym metrical
Angled upwards = Asy mmetrical
2. Remove main beam head lig ht protective
cover. 5. Pla ce headlight protective cover in
position and close.
124

Windows, sun roof C are m ust be taken when operating the
electric windows 3 and electric sun roof 3.
There is a risk of injury, particularly for
children, and a da nger that articles
could become trapped .
accordingly.
If there are children on the rear seat,
switch on the child safety sy stem 3 for
the elec tric wind ow s.
K eep a close watch on the windows and
sun roof when closing them . Ensure that
nothing becomes trapped in them a s
they move.
Door windows
Before lea ving the v ehicle, remove the
The door w indows can b e operated with a
ignition key in order to p revent
crank.
unauthorized opera tion of the wind ow s
and sun roof.
125

Ele ctric windows 3 Coupe C onv ertible
O peration with ignition switched off. Tw o roc ker switches in the driver’s door Four rock er switches in handle on d riv er’s
ha ndle for the d riv er and front passenger door. Up per switches for front wind ows,
Sal oon / Ha tch, Estate
side door windows. Additional rocker lower switches for tailga te windows.
Two or four rocker switches in handle on switch in the front pa ssenger’ s door Additional rocker switch in the front
driver’s door: upper switches for front
ha ndle. passenger’ s door handle.
windows, lower switches 3 for tailgate
windows. Additional rocker switches in Control indicators in the sw itches show the
handle on front passenger door a nd in rear op erational sta tus.
doors 3. To operate window in stages, tap switch of
Control ind icators in the switches show the wind ow in question . For autom atic
opera tional status. op ening, keep switch p ressed for slightly
longer; to stop window mov ement, tap
To opera te window in stages, tap switch ag ain. To close, depress the switch
appropriate switch. For automatic opening
until the wind ow is closed.
or closing, keep switch pressed for slightly
longer; to stop window movem ent, tap When a door is opened that door’s w indow
switch again. op ens slightly . It closes a utomatica lly when
the door is closed.
126

When the folding top is opening and
closing the wind ow s open slig htly . They
close automatically w hen the top is fully
op en or closed.
Safety func tion 3
If the window g lass enc ounters resistanc e
above the midd le of the window during
autom atic closing, it is im med ia tely
stopped and the window opened ag ain.
If the wind ow s do not m ove easily because
of frost, for ex ample, repeatedly tap the
switch for the wind ow in question until the
wind ow has been closed in stages.
Rocker sw itc h in instrum ent panel for C hi ld safety system for rear w indows 3
central opening and closing of all windows. S witc h between the rocker switches in the
handle on the driver’s door
Control ind icators in the switches show the
opera tional status. z To left (red control indicator visible): rear
windows cannot be operated with the
To op erate w indow in stag es, tap switch of
switches in the rear doors.
window in question. For autom atic
opening, keep switch pressed for slightly z To right (green control indica tor v isible):
longer; to stop window movem ent, tap rear windows can b e operated with the
switch again. To close, dep ress the sw itch switches in the rear doors.
until the window is closed.
When a d oor is opened that d oor’s window
opens slightly. It closes automatically when
the d oor is closed.
127

Interrup tion of power suppl y
Autom atic opening and closing 3 of the
windows is not p ossible a fter interruption
of the p ow er supply or a drop in battery
voltage. Activ ate the window electronics as
follow s:
1. Close doors.
2. Switch on ignition.
3. Close window and hold down roc ker
switch for at least another 5 seconds.
4. Repeat for eac h wind ow .
Closing w indows from out si de 3 Electric sun roof 3,

Hold key in door loc king p osition in driver’ s Saloon / Hatch, Estate
door lock until wind ow s hav e closed. O peration with ignition switched off
Close convertib le folding top 3 – see Buttons l and \ between sun visors.
page 137.
To open:
Overloa d Press button l . The sun roof opens until it
If the system is ov erloaded, the power reaches the comfort position. With the roof
supply is automa tic ally cut off for a short in this position, wind noise is red uced.
tim e.
To open bey ond the comfort position:
The system is protected b y fuses in the press button l again.
fusebox – see pag e 214.
To close:
Press button \ until the sun roof is closed.
128

To raise:
Close the sun roof and p ress b utton \ .
To lower:
Press button l until the sun roof is closed.
Sun shade
The sun shad e can be opened and closed
with the sun roof either closed or raised.
When the sun roof is opened, the sun shad e
is also op ened.
Closing sun roof from out si de Fault

Hold key in driver’s door lock in the door If the electric drive fails, the system is
lock ing p osition until the sun roof is closed. protec ted b y a fuse in the fusebox – see
pag e 214. Until the fault is remedied,
operate the sun roof as follows:
S lid e drive cover toward rear. Push in
spring-loa ded centre p art of drive shaft
using screwdriver and rotate d riv e shaft
until sun roof is closed.
129

Note
z Release the switch as soon as the roof
has reached its end position.
z If the top of the roof is wet, raise roof,
allow wa ter to run off and then open
roof.
z In order to prev ent dam age to the roof,
do not op en it bey ond the halfway point
if a roof rack is being used.
Ele ctric sun roof 3, Coupe Fault

O peration with ignition switched off. The electric drive is p rotected by a fuse in
the fusebox – see page 214. Until the fault
Buttons l and \ betw een sun visors.
is rem edied, operate roof as follows:
To raise: Unclip drive cover using ignition key. There
Close the sun roof and p ress b utton \ . is a crank with two different ends in the
To open: glove compa rtm ent. S la cken hexagon
To open beyond the comfort position, socket screw in drive using relevant end of
press button \ ag ain. crank and unscrew together with the
toothed plastic washer on the screw. Insert
To close:
both grooves of opp osite end of crank in
Press button l until the sun roof is closed.
drive and rotate until sun roof is closed .
130

Convertible C are must be taken w hen operating the
folding top. There is danger of injury,
folding top and a risk that objects could become
trapped.
K eep a close watch on the top when
adjusting it. Ensure that nothing
becomes trapped in it a s it m oves.
No one must be within the movement
range of the folding top when it is being
opera ted – risk of injury.
The folding top can only be operated
when the boot lid / tailgate is closed.
Before operating the folding top, pay
attention to the available height, e.g. in Semi-automatic folding top
garages and covered car parking
To open:
facilities.
O nly with vehic le stationa ry .
Apply handbrake.
accordingly.
There must be no ob jects in front of the
Before lea ving the v ehicle, remove the
rear window or in the w ell of the folding
ignition key in order to p revent
roof.
unauthorized opera tion of the wind ow s
and sun roof. Release the ha ndle on the roof frame from
its recess and turn it clock wise as far as it
will go: the folding top is released.
131

Push the top up by the release handle Switch on ignition. To close:
about 20 centimetres, as shown in the O nly with vehic le stationa ry .
Press button , until the fold ing top is fully
illustration.
op ened and its cover is closed . Apply handbrake.
Turn the handle ba ck and eng age it in the
When the opera tion is completed a signa l S witc h on ig nition.
recess.
sounds.
Press button /. The folding top closes to
If the , button is pressed while the just behind the fram e of the windscreen.
ha ndb ra ke is not app lied, a warning tone
If the / button is pressed while the
sounds.
handbrake is not applied , a w arning tone
sounds.
132

Disengage the release ha ndle on the roof Turn the ha ndle anticlockwise as far as it Fault
frame from its recess and pull the fold ing will go. The folding top is lock ed in p la ce. If the electric drive fails while the folding
top down onto the fram e of the top is open, close the top down as follows:
Engage the release hand le in the recess.
windscreen.
1. Stop the vehicle and app ly the
Check that the folding top is locked
ha nd brake.
correctly by pressing on its front ed ge.
2. Open all the wind ow s using the rocker
switches in the driver’ s door.
3. Switch off the ignition and remove the
ignition key.
4. Open the luggag e com partment and
push forward the lever to release the
folding top cov er on the left-hand side –
see illustration.
133

5. Ta ke the spacer sleeve to sup port the 8. Slot the sp acer sleeve to supp ort the 9. Draw the folding top forwards.
cov er from the vehicle tool kit. Vehicle cover on the lifting cylinder rod.
tools – see pa ge 204.
6. Close the lugga ge c om partment. If the
lugga ge c om partment is not closed
prop erly, damage may occur.
7. Slide the panel forward and lift the cover
against the resistance.
134

10. Lift the rear section of the folding top, 12. Lower the rea r section of the folding 15. Turn the ha ndle anticlockwise as far as
remove the spa cer sleeve from the top. it will go. The folding top is locked in
lifting c ylinder rod. place.
13. Press the front ed ge of the folding top
11. Close the cover. forward until it is just b ehind the frame 16. Engag e the release handle in the
of the windscreen. It must not b e lifted recess.
ag ain in ord er to prevent d amage to
the fold ing top . 17. Check that the folding top is lock ed
correctly by p ressing on its front edge.
14. Disengag e the release handle on the
roof frame from its recess and pull the 18. After ma nual c losing, the folding top
must not be opened again. C onsult a
folding top down onto the fram e of the
windscreen. workshop for repair help . We
Rep airer.
135

Closing w ith butt on in instrument panel
Only w ith v ehicle stationary.
Ap ply handbrake.
Switch on ignition.
Press button / until the fold ing top is fully
closed.
When the opera tion is completed a signa l
sounds.
If the / button is pressed while the
ha ndb ra ke is not app lied, a warning tone
sounds.
Fully automatic Convertible folding O pening wit h radio frequency rem ote
top contr ol or key in driv er’ s d oor lock
O peni ng with b utton in instrum ent panel To be selected only with vehicle stationary
O nly with vehicle stationary . and handbrak e on.
Apply ha ndb rake. There must be no ob jects in front of the
rear window or in the w ell of the folding
There must be no objects in front of the roof.
rea r window or in the well of the folding
roof. Unlock the vehicle with the remote control
by the k ey in the lock.
Press button , until the folding top is fully
opened and its cover is closed.
When the operation is com pleted a signal
sounds.
If the , button is pressed while the
handbrake is not applied, a wa rning tone
sounds.
136

Press button q on the remote control until
the folding top is comp letely open a nd its
cover is closed
– or –
turn the key in the driver’ s d oor lock
towards the front of the vehic le and hold it
in the unlocked position until the folding
top is fully open and its cov er is closed
down.
When the operation is com pleted a signal
sounds.
Closing w ith radi o freq uency remote Fault

control or k ey in dri ver’s door lock If the electric drive fails while the folding
To b e selected only with v ehicle stationary top is open, close the top down as follows:
and handbrake on.
1. Stop the vehicle and app ly the
There m ust be no objects in front of the ha nd brake.
rear window or in the well of the folding
2. Open all the wind ow s using the rocker
roof.
switches in the driver’ s door.
Press button p on the remote control until
3. Switch off the ignition and remove the
the windows and folding top are fully
ignition key.
closed
– or – 4. Open the luggag e com partment and
turn the key in the d riv er’s door lock push forward the lever to release the
tow ards the rear of the vehic le and hold it folding top cov er on the left-hand side –
in the locking position until the windows see illustration.
and folding top are fully closed.
When the opera tion is completed a signa l
sounds.
137

5. Ta ke the spacer sleeve to sup port the 8. Slot the sp acer sleeve to supp ort the 9. Diseng age the cover of the drive in the
cov er from the vehicle tool kit. Vehicle cover on the lifting cylinder rod. middle of the roof frame at the front
tools – see pa ge 204. using a screwdriver and rem ov e it.
6. Close the lugga ge c om partment. If the
lugga ge c om partment is not closed
prop erly, damage may occur.
7. Slide the panel forward and lift the cover
against the resistance.
138

10. Slot the cra nk (loc ated in the glove 11. Draw the folding top forwards. 12. As the folding top is being drawn
compartment or in the vehicle tool kit) forward, m ake sure the sliding block
in the mount and turn it anticlockwise guide above the front windscreen
as far as it will go: the catches on the engag es in the locator.
front edge of the roof are opened .
If it does not, you have not turned the
Rem ov e the crank. crank fully anticlockwise. Op en the
Important: Be sure to turn the crank folding top and repeat the proced ure.
fully anticloc kwise to prevent d amage
when the folding top closes.
139

13. Lift the rear section of the folding top, 15. Lower the rea r section of the folding 17. Slot the crank in the m ount and turn it
remove the spa cer sleeve from the top. clockwise as far as it will go until the
lifting c ylinder rod. folding top is fully closed.
16. C arefully press the front edge of the
14. Close the cover. folding top forwards until it is just over 18. Check that the folding top is lock ed
the frame of the windscreen. It must not correctly by p ressing on its front edge.
be lifted again in order to prevent
da mage to the folding top. 19. After ma nual c losing, the folding top
must not be opened again. C onsult a
workshop for repair help . We
Rep airer.
140

Wind break 3 Fit ting Rotate the retainers at the left and right to
When the folding top is open, the b uilt-in Remove the wind brea k. lock them into their fixtures.
wind break reduces air turbulence, Slot the folded-down wind break by its Place the wind break up rig ht.
draughts and noise in the v ehicle interior. loca tors into the m ounts between the rear
Remov ing
Do not place any objects on the wind head restraints.
To remove, rev erse sequence of
break. operations.
The w ind break is folded awa y in the
luggage compartment. It is inserted in
locators at the sides and loc ked into
fixtures at the left and right b y means of
retainers.
To rem ov e the wind break, turn the
retainers and p ull it out. Withdraw the wind
break towards the rear.
141

Heating and
ventilation
Heating and ventilation sys te ms He ater controls C entre rot ary sw itch: Fan
Mixed air system: The temperature can be Left-hand rotary switch: Temp er ature Four speeds:
reg ulated insta ntly by m ixing cold and Clockwise = Warm er x O ff
warm air. Anticlockwise = Colder 4 Max imum airflow
The ra te of airflow is determined by the
fan. The fan should therefore also be
switched on d uring a journey .
142

Rig ht -hand rota ry swit ch: Air d istributi on Air recirculation system 4 Air intake
V to front windscreen and to The air circulation sw itch 4 switches the The air intakes in front of the windscreen on
front side w indows air conditioning system to air circulation the fa r left and right-hand sides of the en-
J to the windscreen, mode (c ontrol indicator). gine compartment must b e k ept free of
door wind ow s, leaves, dirt and snow.
If fum es or unpleasant odours penetrate
front and rear 3 footwell from outside: tem pora rily sw itc h on a ir cir-
cula tion 4 .
Air outlet
K to front and rear 3
Do not cover the air outlets when storing
footwell The air recirculation system minim ises the items in the luggag e compartment storag e
L to head area ab ov e ad justable entry of outside air. The humidity increas- compa rtm ents.
air vents and to front es, and the windows c an m ist up. The qual-
and rear 3 footwells ity of the p assenger compartment air dete- P ollen filter
riorates which m ay ca use the vehicle occu- The pollen filter clea ns the air entering from
M to head area via pants to feel d rowsy.
adjustable air vents outside and filters dust, soot, pollen and
Switch the air d istribution to V : the air cir- spores from the interior air if the air recircu-
The rotary switch ca n be set to any inter- cula tion sy stem is automatically shut off to lation system is active.
mediate position in order to a djust the air
prov ide faster dem isting of the w indows. The filter must be replac ed at the intervals
distrib ution to suit personal requirem ents.
spec ified in the S ervice Booklet.
O pen the air vents when the switch is set
to L or M.
143

Windscreen defroster nozzle s 2
Air distribution switch set to V or J:
Air is directed onto the wind screen and the
door windows.
Centre air ve nts Side air vents 1

Pleasant ventilation to head area with un- Unheated or heated air can be led into the
heated or slightly warmed air, depending vehicle through the nozz les.
on the position of the tem perature switch.
The vents are opened by means of the
When the temperature switch is set in the
adjuster wheel. With the wheel in p osition 7
mid position, cooler a ir flows from the cen-
they are closed.
tre air vents than from the side vents.
The airflow can be directed a s d esired b y
O pen both vents by means of the adjuster
tilting a nd swiv elling the slats.
wheel. With the wheel in p osition 7 they a re
closed. To increase the air supply , set the fan to a
higher sp eed.
To increase the air supply, set the fan to a
higher speed.
The a irflow ca n be directed as desired by
tilting and swivelling the sla ts.
144

He ating
The amount of heat is dependent on the
engine temperature and is thus not fully
attained until the engine is warm.
For rapid warming of the p assenger com-
partment:
z Turn temperature switch clockwise.
z Set the fan to speed 3.
z Set the air distribution sw itch to the
desired position – see page 143.
The comfort and general well-b eing of the
vehicle occupants are to a large extent de-
pendent on a suitable ventilation and
heating setting.
Ve ntilation Heating the footwe ll
z Turn temperature switch a nticlockw ise, To obtain a stratification of temperature in There a re also heating ducts leading to the
or as required, the vehicle with the pleasant effect "cool rear footwell 3.
head a nd warm feet", set the air
z Switch fan on, sp eed setting as required , distribution switch to K or L and the tem- z Turn tempera ture switc h clockwise,
z For max imum ventilation in head area: perature switch to the mid position, and z Switch on fan,
set air distribution switch to M and open op en the centre a ir vents.
z Set air distribution switch to K,
all vents,
z Close centre air v ents.
z Airflow to rear seats: direct centre vents
slightly towards each other and slightly
upw ards,
z For ventila tion to footwell: Set air
distribution switch to K ,
z For simultaneous ventilation to the hea d
area and the footwell: set air distrib ution
switch to L .
145

Window de misting and de frosting He ated rear window, Heated front seats 3
heated ex terior mirrors 3 Two ad juster w heels ß beneath the ash-
Disreg ard of the settings described can
Pushbutton Ü beneath the heater controls: tray.
cause the windows to become m isted up
which c an lead to accidents due to lack On = press Ü S et app ropriate adjuster wheel ß to
of p roper vision. Off = press Ü required hea t setting .
Control indica tor in p ushbutton. C ontrol indicator nex t to the ad juster
z Turn temperature switch c lock wise,
wheel.
Function op erational only with engine
z Set fan to 3 or 4, running. To sw itch off, turn adjuster wheel ß to " ]" .
z Set air distribution sw itch to V,
The heating is switched off automatically Function av ailable w ith ig nition switched
z Open side air v ents as required and di- after approx . 15 minutes. on.
rect them towards door windows,
z Close centre air vents,
z Switch on heated rea r window.
For simultaneous warming of the footwell,
set air d istribution switch to J .
146

Air conditioning Air conditioning system 3
The ventilation, heating and cooling sec-
system tions ma ke up a functional unit designed to
prov ide maximum comfort at all times of
yea r, under any weather c onditions and at
any outside tem perature.
When the air conditioning system is on, the
air is cooled and dehumidified.
The heating unit heats the air a s required in
all operating m od es depending on the po-
sition of the tempera ture sw itc h. The air
supply can be adjusted to suit require-
ments by means of the fan.
The switches for the air recircula tion system
4 and cooling n a re located below the The air conditioning system is only op era-
heating and v entilation c ontrols. tional for cooling (c ooling com pressor)
when the engine is running.
At low outsid e temperatures the cooling
unit (cooling com pressor) switches off au-
tomatically .
147

Heate r controls Centre rotary switch: Fan Rig ht-hand rot ary swi tch: Air distribut ion
Left -hand rota ry swit ch: Temperature Four speeds: V to front windscreen and to
Clock wise = Warmer x Off front side wind ow s
Anticloc kwise = Colder 4 Maximum airflow
J to the windscreen,
The rate of airflow is determ ined by the door windows,
fa n. The fan should therefore a lso be front and rear 3 footwell
switched on during a journey.
K to front and rear 3
footwell
L to head area a bove adjustable
air vents and to front
and rea r 3 footw ells
M to head area v ia
adjustable air v ents
O pen the air vents when the switch is set to
L or M.
148

Air re circulation system 4 Cooling n Air intake
The a ir circulation switch 4 switches the The c ooling sy stem (cooling compressor) in The air intakes in front of the windscreen on
air conditioning sy stem to air circulation the air conditioning sy stem is sw itc hed on the fa r left and right-hand sides of the en-
mode (control indicator). (switch-on monitoring) using the switch n. gine compartment must b e k ept free of
The fan runs at medium speed , which can leaves, dirt and snow.
If fumes or unpleasant odours penetra te
be increased as required.
from outside: temporarily switch on air
recirculation system 4. When the c ooling unit (cooling comp ressor)
Air outlet
is on, the air is cooled and dehumidified. Do not cover the air outlets when storing
The a ir recirculation sy stem minimises the items in the luggag e compartment storag e
Switch off the cooling to conserve fuel
entry of outside air. The humidity inc reas- compa rtm ents.
whenev er cooling or drying is not needed .
es, and the w indows can mist up. The qual-
ity of the passenger compa rtm ent air dete- P ollen filter
riorates which may cause the vehicle occu- The pollen filter clea ns the air entering from
pants to feel drowsy . outside and filters dust, soot, pollen and
Switch the air distribution to V: the air cir- spores from the interior air if the air recircu-
culation system is autom atically shut off to lation system is active.
provide faster demisting of the windows. The filter must be replac ed at the intervals
spec ified in the S ervice Booklet.
149

Windscreen defroster nozzle s 2
Air distribution switch set to V or J:
Air is directed onto the wind screen and the
door windows.
Centre air ve nts Side air vents 1

Dep ending on the temperature switch set- Cooled, unhea ted or heated air can be led
ting, the head area is pleasantly ventilated into the vehicle through the nozzles.
with cooled, unheated or slightly w armed
The vents are opened by means of the
air. Temperature switch in central area:
adjuster wheel. With the wheel in p osition 7
centre air vents emit cooler air than side
they are closed.
vents.
The airflow can be directed a s d esired b y
O pen both vents by means of the adjuster
tilting a nd swiv elling the slats.
wheel. With the wheel in p osition 7 they a re
closed. To increase the air supply , set the fan to a
higher sp eed.
The a irflow ca n be directed as desired by
tilting and swivelling the sla ts.
To increase the air supply, set the fan to a
higher speed.
150

Operation of the system Maximum c ool ing Window demisting
Com fort setting (M axim um Air Conditioning) Window misting e.g. during damp weather
z Cooling n as required, Open w indows briefly so that warm a ir ca n or with dam p clothing :
escape rapidly.
z Air recirculation system 4 off, z Cooling n on,
z C ooling n on,
z Temperature switch: as req uired, z Temperature switch: as required,
z Air circulation sy stem 4 on,
z Fan: a s required, z Fan: as required,
z Turn temperature switch anticlockwise
z Set air distribution sw itch to M or L, z Air distribution switch to V, air recircu-
as far as it will g o (c old ),
lation system 4 a utoma tica lly
z Open vents as req uired. z Set fan to 4, switches off,
Tem perature switch in centre of adjust- z Set air distribution switch to M, – or –
ment rang e: warmer air will flow into the
footw ell and c ooler air into the upper zone, z O pen all vents. if there is still m oisture in the system after
with warmer air coming from the side a ir previous air conditioning operation, the
vents and c ooler air from the centre vents. windows may m ist up. To prev ent this,
set air distribution to K before starting
engine and set to V app rox . 5 seconds
after starting.
151

Window de- icing He ated rear window, Heated front seats 3
z Cooling n off, heated ex terior mirrors 3 Two ad juster w heels ß beneath the ash-
z Temperature switch: as req uired, Pushbutton Ü beneath the heater controls. tray .
z Fan: a s required, on = press Ü S et app ropriate adjuster wheel ß to re-

off = press Ü aga in quired heat setting.
z Air d istribution switch to V, air rec ircu-
la tion system 4 automatically switches Control indica tor in p ushbutton. C ontrol indicator nex t to the ad juster
itself off, wheel.
Function op erational only with engine
z Direct the side air vents onto the door running. To switch off, turn adjuster wheel ß to ].
wind ows. The heating is switched off automatically Function av ailable w ith ig nition switched
The a ir cond itioning system (cooling com- after approx . 15 minutes. on.
pressor) cannot b e run when outside tem-
peratures are low.
152

Im portant Maintenance
The c ooling system (cooling com pressor) In order to provide consistently good oper-
only operates with the engine running. ation the cooling (cooling c om pressor)
When the air cond itioning system is must b e switched on for sev eral m inutes
switched on, c ondensation will form and once per month irrespective of the weather
discharge from the underside of the and the time of year . Operation w ith c ool-
vehic le. ing (cooling com pressor) is not possible at
low outside temp eratures.
When the a ir conditioning system is operat-
ing, at least one air intake must be open so If a fault occurs in the air conditioning sy s-
that the ev aporator d oes not ice up d ue to tem, consult a w ork shop. We recommend a
lack of air. Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
If the windscreen m ists up during damp The pollen filter must b e replaced at the
weather, switch air conditioning on and intervals specified in the Service Booklet.
adjust as described in "Demisting the
windows" – see p age 151.
Window m isting can lead to ac cidents

due to lack of proper v ision.
If no cooling or drying is required, switch

the rear air conditioning or c ooling system
off to sa ve fuel.
153

Electronic
air conditioning
system
Ele ctronic air conditioning system 3 Temperature changes d ue to external When set to automa tic mode, the
The system provides m aximum com fort in influences, such as direct sunlight, are electronic air c onditioning system prov ides
any w eather, at any outside temperature autom atic ally compensated. the op tim um settings under almost all
and during any season. conditions. If necessary , the system can be
When the c ooling unit (cooling comp ressor)
influenced manually.
To ensure a constant and com fortable is on, the air is cooled and dehumidified.
climate in the v ehicle, the tempera ture of The electronic air conditioning system is
When no c ooling or dry ing is required press
the inflowing air, the air-flow rate a nd the only fully operational when the engine is
the ECO button to sav e fuel – see page 157.
air distrib ution are cha nged automatically running.
according to clim atic conditions outside At low outsid e temperatures the cooling
the v ehicle. unit (cooling com pressor) switches off
automatically.
154

Pre-selected temperat ures If a temp erature b elow 16 °C is set, LO
The preselected temperature can be set to app ears in the display : the electronic air
values between 16 °C and 28 °C using the conditioning sy stem constantly runs with
left-hand rota ry knob. ma ximum cooling. The temp erature is not
regula ted.
For the sak e of comfort, only cha nge the
pre selected temp erature in small step s. If a temp erature a bove 28 °C is set, HI
app ears in the display : the electronic air
conditioning sy stem constantly runs with
ma ximum hea ting. The tem perature is not
regula ted.
The preset temperature is retained when
the ignition is switched off.
Autom atic m ode

Basic setting for max imum comfort:
z Press AUTO button.
z Open all air vents.
z Preset tem perature to 22 °C with turn
knob .
If nec essary , the pre-selected tem perature
can be set higher or low er.
O perating without c ooling (ECO app ears in
display) m ay affec t comfort and proper
vision – see page 157.
155

To achieve a temperature stra tification
prov iding a " cool head and warm feet",
warmer air flow s into the footwell and
cooler air into the upp er zone, with warmer
air coming from the side air vents a nd
cooler air from the centre vents.
Manual settings
Und er certain circumstances (e.g. iced-up
or misted-up windows), the functions of the
electronic air conditioning system ca n be
influenced manually.
Manua l settings are stored when the
ignition is switc hed off.
Make manual settings as follows when
Air vents necessary: Window demisting a nd de-icing
All air vents are controlled automatically in
Disregard of the settings described ca n
automatic mode. The air vents should
cause the wind ows to b ecome m isted up
therefore alwa ys be open: turn the adjuster
which can lead to accidents due to lack
wheels up wards.
of prop er vision.
The a ir vents are loc ated to the left a nd
right of the instrument panel and above Press button V. V a ppears on the
the rad io. display.
The a irflow ca n be directed as desired by The temperature, a ir distribution and fan
tilting and swivelling the sla ts. are set autom atically, windows are quick ly
demisted a nd de-iced
Additional air outlets are located in front of
the w indscreen, in front of the door To return to automatic m ode: press
windows and in the front and rear button V or AUTO .
footw ells.
156

Heated rear w indow, Operat ion without cooling Air distribut ion
heated ext eri or mirrors 3 Press ECO button. EC O a ppears on the Press one or more of the following buttons.
Press button Ü. Ü appears on the d isplay. display . The c orresponding symbol app ears on the
display:
The rear window and exterior mirrors will Switch on to sa ve fuel. In this mode cooling
quickly be cleared of ice and c ondensation. (the cooling compressor) is switched off. s: Air distribution to windscreen
and front side w indows.
Function opera tional only w ith engine Inflowing air is neither cooled nor
running. dehumidified. This restricts the level of M: Air distribution to vehicle occ upa nts
comfort prov ided by the electronic air via adjustable air v ents.
The heating is sw itc hed off automatically
conditioning system. This may cause the
after approx. 15 minutes. To switch it off K: Air distribution to front and
wind ow s to m ist up, for exa mple.
before that time: press button Ü again. rear foot area.
To return to operation with cooling:
To return to automatic m ode: press the
press ECO button. ECO goes out.
app ropriate b uttons again, or press A UTO.
157

Airflow Air recircula tion system Air conditioning with the engine not
Turn the rig ht-hand turn k nob c lock wise or The air recirculation system prevents the running
anticlockwise. The airflow is inc reased or entry of outside air and the air in the When the vehicle is stopped and the
red uced as ap prop riate. The selected fan passenger compa rtm ent is circulated. ignition off, the hea t or cooling power still
speed is displayed by a bar indicator. in the system can be used to condition the
Press button 4. % a ppears on the
To switch off the fan: turn the right-hand display . passenger compartment, for exa mple
turn k nob c lock wise as fa r as it will go. The when stopped at a level crossing.
The exchange of fresh air is reduced in air
fan and the electronic air cond itioning Press AUTO with the ignition off. The
circulation mode. The quality of the
system a re switched off. The display preselected temperature appears on the
passenger compa rtm ent air deteriorates
rea dout d isapp ears. display. The tempera ture can be adjusted
whic h may c ause the v ehicle occ upa nts to
To switch on the fan: turn right-hand turn feel drow sy . In operation w ithout cooling with the left-hand turn k nob.
knob clockw ise. the air humidity increases, so the windows The air conditioning will operate for a
may mist up. Consequently, the air limited period of tim e.
To return to automatic mode: Press AUTO
button. circulation system should only be run for
short periods of time. To deactivate air conditioning, press the
AUTO button.
To switch off air recircula tion:
Press button 4 ag ain.
158

Ad just the a irflow w ith the right-hand turn
knob . The selected fan speed is indicated
on the display. Airflow – see page 158.
The follow ing functions a re not possible
when the c onvertible folding top is down:
z Automatic mode,
z Air circulation sy stem,
z Window demisting and de-icing,
z Activation of rear wind ow heater.
When the convertible folding top is closed
the electronic air conditioning system
work s as previously described.
Air conditioning with Convertible Switching off the e lectronic air

folding top down conditioning sys tem
When the folding top is down the electronic Turn the right-hand turn knob clockwise as
air conditioning function is disab led. far as it will go. The d isplay readout
disappears.
The temperature can be adjusted in steps
(0 to 10) using the left-hand turn knob . The The air distribution setting rem ains at the
selected level is indica ted on the disp la y. position la st selected.
Control air distribution ma nually by To sw itch on the electronic air conditioning
pressing the ap prop riate button. Air system: press the AUTO button or turn the
distrib ution – see p age 157. right-hand turn knob clockwise.
159

General information
If the windsc reen m ists up during dam p
weather, set a utoma tic air cond itioning as
desc ribed in " Window d emisting and de-
icing" – see page 156.
The electronic air conditioning system
functions most efficiently when the
windows and sun roof 3 are closed. If the
passenger compartment ha s heated up
consid erably after a long period in direct
sunlight, briefly open the windows and sun
roof 3 so that the heated air can quickly
esca pe.
For trouble-free operation of the electronic
air conditioning sy stem, d o not c ov er over
Heate d front seats 3 Air intake the sensor between the air vents in front of
Two adjuster wheels ß beneath the The air intak es in front of the windscreen on the wind screen.
ashtray . the far left and right-hand sides of the
When the cooling (cooling compressor) is
engine c om partment m ust be kept free of
Set appropriate adjuster wheel ß to active, c ondensate will form and will be
leaves, dirt and snow.
req uired heat setting. released from the underside of the vehicle.
Control indicator next to the adjuster Air outlet
wheel. Mainte nance
Do not c ov er the air outlets when storing
In order to ensure continuously efficient
To switch off, turn ad juster w heel ß to ]. items in the lug gage compa rtm ent storage
performa nc e of the electronic a ir
compartments.
Function availab le with ignition sw itched conditioning system it must be switched on
on. once a month for a few minutes,
Polle n filter
irrespective of the weather and time of
The pollen filter cleans the air entering from
y ear, with the cooling (cooling compressor)
outside and filters dust, soot, pollen and operational.
spores from the interior air if the air
recirculation sy stem is active. If a fault oc curs in the electronic air
conditioning sy stem, consult a workshop.
The filter must be replaced at the interva ls
We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised
specified in the Service Book let. Repairer. The system’s integ ra ted self-
diag nostics allow s faults to be quickly
remedied.
160

Automatic After sta rting the engine and before
shifting into a gea r, depress the brake
transmission pedal, If the brakes are released w hen a
gear is engaged , the v ehicle will "creep".
Nev er ac tuate accelerator and b rake
pedals simultaneously .
Disregard of these instructions may lead

to injuries or endanger life.
Once D has been selected, the ec onomy

driving p rogra mme is operative. Position D
is g enerally ideal for d riv ing.
If the accelerator peda l is depressed gently
and ev enly the transmission w ill shift into
the fuel-saving gears at an early stage. The
drive ra nge needs be changed manually
Selector lever in P , R and N
only in exceptional ca ses. Select 3, 2 a nd 1 P Park p osition. Front wheels locked.
only when automatic shifting up is to be O nly with vehic le stationa ry and
avoided or if additional use is to be made handbrake app lied.
of the engine braking effect. R Reverse. O nly engage when
Select D ag ain as soon as driving vehicle stationary.
conditions perm it. N N eutral.
The selector lever can only be moved from
the P position with the ignition switched on
and the foot brake operated (selector lev er
lock).
The engine can only b e started with lever in
position P or N . When position N is selected,
press foot brake or enga ge handbrak e
before starting.
Do not accelerate during the selection
procedure.
161

Drive ranges D, 3, 2, 1 z Automatic neutral shift function
D Drive position for norma l driving autom atically sets the transm ission to N
conditions in first to fourth gear. to reduce fuel consum ption, e.g. at
tra ffic lig hts.
3 Drive position for driving conditions in
first, second and third gea r. Automatic neutral selection is activated
if:
2 Driv e position for first and second gear, – selector lever is in D, 3, 2 or 1
e.g . on winding mountain roa ds;
and
the transm ission d oes not shift into third – foot brake is operated
and fourth gear. and
1 Position for maximum braking effect, – vehicle is stopped
e.g . when driving down severe and
gradients; the transmission does not – acc elerator pedal is not opera ted.
shift beyond first g ear.
As soon as the brake is released and the
After the engine ha s been started and D accelerator ped al is depressed, the
selected, the economy d riv ing prog ra mme Electronically controlled driving vehicle sta rts off in the usual manner.
is always operative. programmes z By m eans of delay ed gear cha nging
z Sp orty programme: transmission shifts (higher engine speed s) following a cold
at high engine speeds: start, the opera ting temperature
Tap b utton S (1 lights up). programme quickly and automatically
z Economy programme: transmission bring s the catalytic conv erter to the
shifts at lower engine speed s: temperature required for optimum
Tap b utton S again. pollutant reduction.
z Winter p rogram me: Press button T – see z Adaptive programmes autom atically
nex t page. adapt gearshifting to suit the driving
cond itions, suc h as if the vehic le is
tow ing a carav an / trailer, has a high
payload, or is being driv en on inclines.
162

Winter programm e T Kickdown Rocking the car
In the event of starting-off diffic ulties on When the accelerator pedal is depressed If it becomes necessary to rock the vehicle
slip pery roa ds press button T, which can bey ond its resistance p oint below certain to free it from sand, m ud , snow or a hole,
be operated in P, R, N, D and 3 speeds, the transmission shifts down into a mov e the selector lever from D to R in a
(T illuminates). The vehicle sta rts off in low er gear. Full use is made of the engine repeat p attern while simultaneously
third gear. power for acceleration. app ly ing light pressure to the a ccelerator
pedal. Do not race the engine and avoid
The w inter programme is sw itc hed off by:
Engine braking sudden a cceleration.
z pressing button T a gain,
z shifting to 2 or 1 m anually , In order to utilize the engine b ra king effect This applies only to the ex ceptional
z turning off the ignition. when driv ing downhill, select drive range 3, circumstances mentioned above.
2 or, if necessary, 1 in g ood time.
In order to prev ent dama ge, the winter
programme switches off automatically at The bra king action is most effectiv e in drive
high transmission oil temperatures. ra ng e 1. I f drive ra ng e 1 is selec ted at too
high a sp eed, the tra nsmission remains in
second gea r until the shift point for first
gear is reached, e. g. as a result of
deceleration.
163

Stopping the vehicle
The selector lever ca n b e left in the c hosen
gear w ith the engine running.
When stopping on grad ients engage
ha ndb ra ke or depress brak e pedal. To
prevent overheating of the transm ission,
do not increase engine revolutions to
ensure smooth idling while stand ing if a
gear has been selected .
Switch off engine if stopping for a lengthy
period, e.g. in traffic jams or at lev el
crossings.
Before leaving the vehicle, app ly
ha ndb ra ke, then place selector lever in
Manoeuvring the vehicle position P and remove ignition key. Fault
To manoeuv re the vehicle back and forth If the ignition key is not removed, the C ontrol indicator A illuminates when the
during attem pts to park or in garage battery m ay be discharged if the vehicle is ignition is switched on. If it does not go off
entrances, the vehicle’s creeping then left to stand for a lengthy period of after starting or comes on whilst driving,
movement c an be utilised by releasing the tim e. there is a fault in the a utomatic
brake pedal. The ignition key can only be removed when transmission or the eng ine electronic s.
Never actuate a ccelerator and brake the selector lever is in position P.
pedals simultaneously.
164

The transmission no long er shifts
automatically.
Driving can b e continued. Second gear is
not available. Engage first, third or fourth
gear manually using selector lever:
1 = 1st gear
2 = 3rd gear
3 = 4th g ear
D = 4th g ear
N = Neutral position
R = Rev erse gear
P = Park position
Hav e the cause of the fault remed ied. We
recom mend that y ou consult a Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer. The system ’s
Inte rruption of power supply 4. Push catch forward with a screwdriver
integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to
If the v ehicle b attery is flat, the selector and move selector lever out of P.
be quickly remedied.
lever cannot be moved out of position P. 5. Mount selector lev er trim on centre
If the ba ttery is flat, start the v ehicle using console and refit.
jump lead s – see page 196. 6. Refit cover on centre console below
If the ba ttery is not the ca use of the fault, ha nd brake.
relea se selec tor lever: Re-selecting P locks the selector lever
1. Apply hand brake. aga in. Have cause of power sup ply
interruption remedied . We recommend
2. Disengage cover from centre console
that you consult a Vaux hall Authorised
below handbrake. Repairer.
3. Disengage selector lev er trim from centre
console and fold upwards.
165

Driving hints Never coast with engine not running
Many units w ill not function in this situation
Diesel engine: On rising gradients of 10 %
or more, do not drive faster than
(e.g. brake servo unit, electro-hydraulic 20 mph (30 km/h) in 1st gear or 30 mp h
power steering). Driving in this ma nner is a (50 km/h) in 2nd gear; with automatic
danger to y ourself a nd others. transmission 3, d o not exceed 25 m ph
(40 km/h) in position 1.
Brake servo unit
With the engine not running the brake Driving with a roof load
servo unit is no longer effective once the Do not exceed the perm issible roof load –
brake peda l has been depressed once or see pages 188, 263. For reasons of safety,
twice. The braking effect is not red uced but distribute the loa d ev enly a nd secure it
substantia lly greater pressure on the brake properly with reta ining straps so that it
pedal is necessary to stop the v ehicle. cannot slip . Set the ty re p ressure to the
va lue sp ecified for a full load. Do not drive
The first 600 miles (1000 km) Power ste ering faster than 75 m ph (120 km/h). Check and
Drive your vehicle at v arious speeds. Do If the power-assisted steering fails when retig hten the straps frequently.
not use full throttle. Never allow the eng ine being towed with the engine switched
to labour at low revs. off, the vehic le can still be steered, b ut Switching off the e ngine
Make good use of all gea rs. Depress the considera bly more forc e is req uired. When y ou switch off, fans in the eng ine
accelerator pedal a maximum of around compa rtm ent may continue running for a
Driving in mountainous te rrain or time to cool the engine.
three quarters of the ava ila ble ped al travel
in all gears. with a traile r / caravan If the engine temperature is very high, e.g.
The cooling fan is electrically operated. Its after driving in mountainous terrain: allow
Do not drive faster than three quarters of
cooling p ow er is therefore independent of the engine to id le for approx im ately two
max imum speed.
the engine speed. minutes in order to prevent heat
Do not brake unnecessarily hard for the acc um ulation.
Since a considerable amount of heat is
first 125 miles (200 km ).
genera ted at high engine speeds and less Vehicles with engine Z 20 LET 1 ):
at slower speeds, do not shift d ow n when After running at high eng ine speeds or high
climbing hills whilst the v ehicle is still coping eng ine loads, op erate the engine briefly at
with the gradient in the higher g ear. a low load or run in neutral for approx.
30 seconds before switching off in ord er to
protec t the turbocharger.
1)
Sales des ig nation, see p ag e 254.
166

Save energy – more miles Engine s pe ed Clutch operation
Please observe the running-in hints on the Driv e in a low engine speed range for each Alway s d epress the c lutch pedal hard to
previous pag e and the tips for energ y gear a s m uc h as possible. the floor to p revent shifting difficulties and
saving on the following pages. transmission damage.
Good, technica lly correct and economical
Warming up When driving do not use the pedal as a
driving ensures ma ximum durability and Allow the engine to warm up while driving. foot rest; this will cause substantial clutch
performance for your vehic le. Do not warm it up by letting it run at idling wear.
speed. Do not apply full throttle until the
Overrun 3 engine has reached op erating P edals
temperature.
The fuel supply is autom atically shut off Do not place any ob jects in the footwell
during overrun, e.g. when the vehicle is Following a cold start, the automatic which could slip under the ped als and
being driven down long gradients or when tra nsmission does not shift into the hig her inhibit the pedal trav el.
braking. To enable the overrun cut-off to gears until a fairly high eng ine speed has
To ensure the pedal travel is uninhibited,
take effect, do not acc elerate during been reached. This ensures that the
there must be no mats in the area of the
overrun and, if in manual transm ission catalytic converter quickly attains the
pedals.
mode, do not declutch. To prevent temperature required for optimum
dam age to the cata ly tic converter, overrun pollutant reduction.
Battery care
cut-off is temp orarily deactivated when the
When driving slowly or when the v ehicle is
cataly tic conv erter temperature is high. Correct gear sele ction
stationary , e.g. in slow urban traffic, stop-
Vehi cles w ith engine Z 20 LET 1 ): Do not race your engine whilst in neutral or
and-go traffic or traffic jams, turn off all
Flow -g enerated noises may be aud ible if with a low gea r selected. Driving too fast in unnecessary electrical load s w here
the a ccelerator is released quickly on indiv idua l gea rs as well as stop-a nd -g o
possible (e. g. heated rear window, heated
account of airflow in the turbocharger. tra ffic increases engine wear a nd fuel
seats).
consumption.
Declutch w hen sta rting in order to relieve
Change down the strain on the starter and the ba ttery.
When decreasing speed, shift down into
the next lowest gear. Do not slip the clutch
with a high-revving engine. This is
especially important when hill climb ing.
1)
Sa les desig nation, see p ag e 254.
167

Saving fuel, New painting techniques employ wa ter as
a solv ent.
Warming up
z Full throttle and w arming up at idle
protecting the End-of-life ve hicle recovery
speed increase w ear, fuel consumption,
ex haust em ission, the am ount of
environment Information on end-of-life vehicle recovery
centres and the recy cling of end-of-life
pollutant in the exhaust and the am ount
of noise.
vehicles is availab le at ww w.vauxhall.co. uk
z Driv e off imm ediately after starting.
Wa rm up the engine b y running it at
Energy and e nvironment-conscious
moderate eng ine speeds.
driving
z High noise levels and exhaust em issions
Uniform speed
are often a result of driving w ithout due
z Hectic driving significantly increases fuel
attention to saving energy and
consumption, the ex haust emissions, the
protecting the environment.
proportion of pollutant in the exhaust
z Y ou should therefore drive with energy in gas and the noise level.
mind – "more miles with less fuel" .
z Do not accelerate a nd brake
Reduce the noise level and exhaust unnecessarily . Drive at uniform speed,
Trend-setting technology emissions b y adopting an environment- watching the road.
When dev eloping and manufac turing your consc ious driving style. This is ex tremely
Avoid frequent starting off and stopping
vehic le, Vauxhall used environment- worthwhile and im proves the quality of
e.g . at traffic lights, in short distance
friendly and in the m ain recyc la ble life.
tra ffic and in queues of traffic by m eans
materials. The production methods used to
Fuel consumption depends to a great of clever planning . Select road s w ith
mak e y our v ehicle are likewise
extent on your own personal driving style. good traffic flow .
env ironmenta lly -compatible.
The follow ing hints are intended to help
Recycling of production wastes keeps the you consume fuel at a rate that is as close Idling
circulation of material closed. Reduction of as possible to the specified lev els – see z The eng ine also consumes fuel when
energy a nd water requirements a lso help s page 258. idling .
to conserve natural resources.
Check your vehic le’s fuel consum ption z If you have to wait for more than one
A highly adv anced design mea ns that your every time you refuel. This facilita tes early minute, it is worthwhile switching off the
vehic le can be easily disassembled at the detection of a ny irregularities causing engine. Fiv e m inutes of idling
end of its working life, and the individual increased fuel consumption. corresponds to approxima tely 0. 62 miles
materials separated for subsequent re-use. (one kilometre) of driving.
Materia ls such as asbestos and cadmium
are not used . The refrigerant in the air
conditioning system 3 is C FC -free.
168

Overrun z Slightly relea sing the accelerator ped al Repair and maintenance
z The fuel supply is automatically shut off results in distinct fuel savings with no z Improper repairs or adjustm ent and
during ov errun, e. g. when the vehicle is major loss of speed. maintenance work can increase fuel
being driven down long gradients or Drive at no more tha n around three consumption. Do not carry out w ork on
when braking – see page 167. quarters of max imum speed and you will the eng ine yourself.
z To enable the overrun cut-off to come use up to 50 % less fuel, without losing a You may out of ignorance infringe
into action and sav e fuel, do not great deal of time. environmental law s b y not disposing of
accelerate or d eclutch during overrun. materials properly.
Tyre inflation pres sure
Appropriate parts might not b e recycled.
Corre ct gear selection z Inadequate ty re p ressure, leading to
z High revs increase engine w ear and fuel higher road resistance, costs m oney in Contact with some of the materia ls
consumption. two wa ys: for more fuel and increased inv olv ed may p ose a hea lth haz ard.
tyre wear.
z Do not race your engine. Avoid d riv ing at z We recom mend that repair and
high engine speeds. z Regular checks (every 14 d ays) pay off. maintenance be entrusted to a Vauxhall
Making use of the tachom eter helps to Electrical loads
save fuel. Drive in a low engine speed Extre me driving conditions
z The power consum ption of electrical
ra nge for each gear as much a s possible
equip ment increa ses fuel consumption. z Going up steep slopes, cornering, driving
with uniform engine speeds. Drive as
on poor road s a nd winter driving a ll
often as possible in top gear, select the z Sw itch off all aux iliary electrical loads
increase fuel consumption.
next higher gear a s soon as possible, (e. g. air c onditioning 3, heated rear
and only chang e down when the engine window) when not needed. Fuel consumption increa ses dramatically
is no longer running perfectly smoothly . in urba n tra ffic a nd at winter
Roof racks, ski-holders temperatures, especially on short trip s
High speed z Due to air resistance, a roof load can when the engine operating tempera ture
z The higher the speed , the higher the increase fuel consump tion by approx. is not reached.
consumption and the noise level. At top 3.5 gal./1000 miles (1 l/100 k m). z Follow the hints given above to keep
speed, you consume a great deal of fuel z Remove them if they are not being used. consumption to a m inimum under suc h
and produce excessive noise and cond itions.
exhaust em issions.
169

Fuel consumption, Fuel for petrol e ngines
Commercially av ailable high-quality fuels
Fuel for diesel engines
Diesel engines m ust be operated only on
fuel, refuelling are suitable (ca talytic converter – see
page 172, octane numb ers – see
comm ercially av ailable diesel fuel meeting
the specifications of DIN EN 590. Do not
pages 253, 254). Fuel quality has a dec isive use m arine diesel oils, heating oils or
influence on the power output, running entirely or partially plant-based diesel
behaviour and serv ice life of the engine. fuels, such as rape seed oil or bio diesel,
The additives contained in the fuel play an Aquazole and similar diesel-water
important role in this regard. You should emulsions.
therefore only use high-q uality fuels
The flow and filterability of diesel fuel a re
containing add itiv es.
insufficient at low temperatures, as a result
Fuel with too low an octane number can of crystallized paraffins.
cause pinking. Vauxhall cannot be held
Diesel fuels with improved low-
lia ble for resulting dama ge.
temperature properties a re therefore
Petrol with a higher octane number can av ailable on the market during the winter
always be used. months. Make sure that you fill the tank
with winter fuel before the start of the cold
Pump noz zles for lead ed fuel cannot be
Fuel cons umption weather season.
inserted into the filler neck of v ehicles that
Fuel consump tion is determined und er op erate on unleaded fuel. Additives can be used with diesel fuels with
specific driv ing conditions – see page 258.
winter prop erties that are guaranteed by
The ignition tim ing is a utoma tica lly
Fitting special equipm ent will increase the the manufa cturer and when using diesel
adjusted according to the grade of fuel
weight of the vehicle. This in turn increases fuel filters that are heated depending on
used (octane number) – see
fuel consum ption and reduces the the outside temperature.
pages 253, 254, 255.
specified max imum speed of the vehicle.
Use of petrol w ith a n oc ta ne rating of 95
There is increased friction betw een engine will ensure economica l driving.
and transmission components during the
first sev eral thousand m iles. This increases
fuel consum ption.
170

Refuelling The fuel tank has a limiting system which
prevents overfilling of the ta nk .
Care must be taken when handling fuel.
C orrect filling depends to a large extent on
Before refuelling , switch off engine a nd proper operation of the fuel disp ensing
any ex ternal hea ters with combustion pump:
cha mbers before refuelling. Switch
mobile phones off. 1. Fully insert the pump nozzle and switch
it on.
Petrol is flam mable and explosiv e.
Please therefore av oid na ked fla mes 2. After the automatic cut-off, the nominal
capacity of the tank ca n be obtained by
and sp arks when handling fuel, even
when you are in the v icinity of fuel. Do top ping up with two doses of fuel. Make
sure the nozzle is fully inserted.
not smoke! This also applies in places
where petrol can only be detected by its To close, position fuel filler c ap and turn
cha ra cteristic smell. If you can smell until the catch on the cap c lick s aud ibly
petrol in the vehicle, hav e ca use thereof three times. Relock the fuel filler cap using
remedied immed iately. We recommend Fuel filler neck at right rear side of vehicle. the ignition key 3.
that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised
To open the fuel filler cap , unlock using the Wipe off a ny ov erflowing fuel immediately .
Repairer.
ignition key 3 and unscrew.
Hook fuel tank filler cap on tank flap .
171

Catalytic converter, Dama ge to the catalytic conv erter or the
vehicle m ay result if the following points
exhaust gases are not observed :
z Consult a work shop, such as a Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer, as quickly as
possible in the event of misfiring,
irregular engine running following a cold
start, a significant loss of engine power
or other unusual malfunctions which
may indica te a fa ult in the ignition
sy stem. If necessary, d riv ing may be
continued for a short time at a low speed
and with a low engine speed.
Irregular engine running a nd a loss of
engine power when the Traction Control
Catalytic converter for petrol sy stem 3 or the Electronic Stability
engines 3 Program me 3 come into action are
Leaded fuel will da mage the cata ly tic determined b y the op erating conditions
conv erter and parts of the electronic and are therefore of no significa nce; see
sy stem, rend ering them inoperative. pages 176, 177.
Use of high-qua lity fuels other than those z If unb urnt fuel enters the c atalytic
specified on p age 170 (e.g. LR P1 )) could conv erter, this may result in overheating
damage the catalytic converter. and irreparable damage to the c atalytic
conv erter.
On vehicles with a c atalytic converter, the
fuel ta nk filler nec k is of a narrow design so You should therefore av oid frequent
that a dispensing pump for leaded fuel cold-starts, unnecessarily long use of the
cannot b e inserted . starter when setting off, running the tank
dry (an irreg ular fuel supp ly lea ds to
overhea ting) and starting the engine by
pushing or towing.
1)
LRP = L ead Rep la cem ent Petro l.
172

z If the emission control indicator Z Catalytic converter for dies el
flashes, slow down until the flashing engines 3
stops a nd the control indicator is steady . Damage to the ca talytic converter or the
Conta ct a workshop immediately . We vehicle may result if the follow ing points
recommend a Vauxhall Authorised are not observed:
Repairer. Emission control indica tor Z –
see pa ge 174. z C onsult a workshop, such a s a Va ux ha ll
Authorised Repairer, as quickly as
possible in the event of irregular engine
running, a significant loss of engine
power or other unusual malfunctions. I f
necessary , driving may be continued for
a short time at a low speed and with a
low engine speed.
Irregular engine running and a loss of
eng ine power when the Traction C ontrol
system 3 or the Electronic S ta bility Controlling exhaust emission
Programme 3 com e into action are Throug h design-rela ted measures – mainly
determined by the opera ting conditions in the a rea of the fuel-injection and ignition
and are therefore of no significance; see systems – the proportion of nox ious
pages 176, 177. ma terials in the exhaust, such as carbon
monoxide (CO ), hydrocarbons (HC) a nd
nitrogen oxides (NO x), is reduced to a
minimum.
173

Flashing with the engine running indicates
a fault that may damage the catalytic
conv erter. You can continue to drive
without causing damage by slowing down
until the fla shing stop s and the control
indica tor is stead y. C onsult a workshop
immed iately. We recommend tha t you
Cont rol indica tor Z for exhaust C ont rol indic ator A for eng ine
Lights up when ignition is switched on a nd electronics
rem ains illuminated during starting. Goes Lights up for a few second s when ignition is
out shortly a fter engine starts. switched on.
An illumina ting indica tor with the engine If the light comes on when the eng ine is
running is an indication of a fault in the running, there is a fault in the engine or
emission control system. The permitted transmission electronics. The electronics
emission values may be exceeded. Contact switch to limp-home mode, fuel
a w orkshop imm ediately. We recomm end consum ption m ay increase and the
that you consult a Va ux ha ll Authorised driveability of the vehicle may be affected .
Repairer. In some cases, the fa ult c an be remedied
by switching the engine off and on aga in. If
the c ontrol indicator lights again when the
eng ine is running, consult a workshop to
have the cause of the fault rem edied. We
Repairer.
174

If it lights up briefly and then goes out Exhaust gas es – avoid inhaling! Mainte nance
again this is of no significance. Hav e a ll maintenance work carried out at
Engine exhaust gases contain poisonous
If it flashes w hen the ignition is on there is a the intervals sp ecified by Vauxhall. We
carbon monoxide, which is colourless
fault in the imm obiliser sy stem – see recommend that you entrust this work to a
and odourless and can b e fatal if
page 55. Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who has
inhaled.
proper equipm ent and trained personnel
If exhaust fumes penetrate the vehicle av ailable. Electronic testing systems permit
interior, open the windows and consult a rapid diagnosis and remedy of faults. This
workshop immediately . We recommend way you can b e certain that all
that you consult a Va ux hall Authorised components of the vehicle’s electrica l,
Repairer. injection and ignition systems operate
correc tly , that your vehicle has a low level
When the v ehicle is driven for the first tim e, of pollutant emission and that the catalytic
wax a nd oil on the exhaust system may converter system will ha ve a long service
evap orate, producing smoke-like life.
emissions. Allow wax and oil to evaporate
Y ou are thereby making an im portant
while the vehicle is in op en air. Av oid
contribution towards keeping the air clean
inhaling.
and comp lia nce with em issions legislation.
C hecking and adjustment of the fuel-
injection and ignition systems is part of the
scope of inspec tion. For this reason you
should hav e a ll maintenance work carried
out a t the intervals specified in your Serv ice
Booklet.
175

Drive control systems The TC is ready for operation as soon as
the ignition is switched on and the control
indica tor v goes out.
When the TC c om es into action, v flashes.
The vehicle is now in a critica l situation; the
TC allow s you to keep control of the v ehicle
and rem inds y ou to m atch your speed to
the road conditions.
Do not let this special safety fea ture

tempt you into taking risks when driving.
Traffic safety c an only be achieved by
adopting a responsible driving style.
Control i nd icator v
Traction Control sys tem (TC) 3 Lights up for a few seconds when ignition is Lit during driving:
The TC (Traction Control system ) 3 switched on. The system is now ready for Fault in system. Vehicle can continue to be
op eration. driven. Driving stability m ay be worse if
prevents the driving w heels from spinning,
irrespec tiv e of the roa d condition a nd tyre driving style is not adapted, depending on
Flashing during driving: acc eleration and ty pe of road surface
grip. This shows the sy stem has come into because of drive wheelspinning.
The system monitors the rotational speed action. The engine output ma y be reduced
(the sound of the engine changes) and the Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied. We
of all wheels. As soon as at least one
driving wheel starts to spin, the eng ine vehicle may be braked automatically to a recommend that you consult a Vauxhall
sma ll degree. Authorised Repa irer. The sy stem’s
output is reduced (the sound of the engine
changes) a nd the spinning wheel is braked. integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to
be quickly remedied .
This im proves the vehicle’s directional
control and driving power, particularly on
snow and ice as well a s on wet or slippery
roads.
176

Ele ctronic Stability
Program me (ESP ) 3
The ES P (Electronic S ta bility Programm e) 3
improves driving sta bility when necessary,
independently of the type of road surfa ce
and the tyre grip in a ny driving situation. It
also includes the Traction Control system
func tion.
The system monitors vehicle m ovements.
As soon as the vehicle starts to swerve
(und ersteers / oversteers) engine output is
red uced (the sound of the engine changes)
and individual wheels are specifically
braked. This considerably im proves the
driving stability of the vehicle on snow and
ice and on wet or slipp ery road surfaces. Lit during driving:
Do not let this special safety fea ture
The ESP is rea dy for operation a s soon as Fault in the system. Driving can be
tempt you into taking risks when driving.
the ig nition is switched on and the control continued. Poor road surface c onditions
indicator v goes out. Traffic safety c an only be achieved by ma y howev er still cause vehicle sta bility to
adopting a responsible driving style. be impaired.
When the ESP comes into action, v flashes.
Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied. We
The v ehicle is now in a critical situation; Control i nd icator v
the ESP allows you to k eep control of the Lights up for a few seconds when ignition is
Authorised Repa irer. The sy stem’s
vehic le and reminds you to match your switched on. The system is now ready for
speed to the road conditions. op eration.
Flashing during driving:
Sw itching off 3
This shows the sy stem has come into
The ESP c an be switched off by p ressing
action. The engine output ma y be reduced
the v 3 button.
(the sound of the engine changes) and the
vehicle may be braked automatically to a When deactivated, control indicator v in
sma ll degree. the instrument panel lights up.
The ESP is switched on again by pressing
the v b utton aga in or switching the
ignition on.
177

Leve l control s yste m 3
The level control system keeps the level at
the rear of the vehicle up when heavily
laden, and so significantly im proves
handling .
The v ehicle is p um ped up with a standard
commercially a vailable pump, or from a
filling station air pump , or with the
compressor (Genuine Vauxhall Parts and
Accessories).
The p ressure valve is loc ated in the
luggage compartment on the right-hand
side b ehind a flap. To open, rotate
fasteners on the flap through 90°. The
pressure va lv e is the sam e a s a tyre valve.
When intending to load the vehicle to Park the vehicle unladen on a level surface.
capacity, for reasons of safety d o not drive Load the sy stem with 80 kPa (0. 8 bar).
at full pressure while the vehicle is still Measure the height of the rear bump er (top
unladen. edge) above the ground. Ded uct 4 cm from
this value a nd note the new va lue in the
Nev er allow the pressure to fall below a
minim um of 80 k Pa /0.8 bar/11.6 psi. O verv iew a t the front of the O wner’s
Manual. If the level falls below this height
Check the pressure frequently.
during loading, increase pressure until it is
once again achiev ed. Do not ex ceed
500 k Pa (5 bar).
Before driving an unladen vehicle, alwa ys
reduc e the pressure down to 80 kPa/
0.8 bar/11.6 psi.
178

Cruis e control 3 Decelerate
The cruise control mak es it possible to store With cruise control a ctiv e, hold down
and m aintain a ny sp eed from approx. button R or tap it repeatedly : the speed is
19 mph (30 k m/h) to almost max imum reduc ed c ontinuously or in steps.
speed. The current speed is stored and sa ved after
For safety reasons the cruise control the R button ha s b een relea sed.
cannot be activated until the foot brake To deact ivat e:
has been operated once. Tap button O : the cruise control is switched
The c ruise c ontrol is operated with the off. The vehicle slowly dec elera tes.
buttons I , R and O on the turn signal lever. To continue driving, depress the
acc elerator pedal in the usual wa y.
Do not use the c ruise control if it is not
adv isable to maintain a c onstant sp eed The cruise control switches off
(e. g. in situations presenting a danger to automatically under certa in driving
yourself and other road users, in heavy conditions for safety reasons.
traffic or on winding , slippery or greasy For ex ample:
To activ ate:
roads). Ta p button I: the current speed is stored z the vehicle’s speed drops below
With autom atic transmission, it is a dvisa ble and maintained. The acc elera tor p edal approx. 20 mp h (30 km/h) or
to switch on the cruise control only when can be released. z the brake pedal is depressed or
drive range D is engaged. The vehic le speed ca n be increased by
z the clutch pedal is dep ressed or
When the cruise control is active, reaction depressing the a ccelerator peda l. When
times may be increased due to the different the accelerator pedal is released, the z the selector lever of vehicles with
position of the feet. previously stored speed is resumed. autom atic transmission is set to N.
Increase Resuming t he stored speed
Disreg ard of these instructions may lead Tap button R at a speed a bove 20 mph
With cruise control active, hold down
to injuries or end ang er life. (30 km/h): the speed selected before the
button I or tap it repeatedly: the speed is
increased c ontinuously or in steps of cruise control w as switched off is resumed.
1.2 m ph (2 km/h) without using the The stored speed is erased when the
accelerator ped al. ignition is switched off.
The current speed is stored and saved a fter
the I button has been released.
179

Parking distance se nsors 3 Towi ng eq uipment, c arav an / trailer
Parking distance sensors make rev erse tow ing
parking easier by measuring the distance If towing equipment is retroa ctiv ely fitted
between the rear of the vehicle a nd an on the vehicle, the system must be set to
obstacle through ultrasonic reflection a nd the appropriate v ehicle length by a
warning you with an a coustic signal in the workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall
passenger com partment. Authorised Repa irer.
The system record s the distance using four Fitti ng rear load racks 3
sensors in the rear bumper. Rear load rack s, e. g. bicy cle ra cks, fitted
nea r the sensors could disrupt the system .
When the ig nition is sw itched on, the
parking distance sensors are autom atically Fault
enab led w hen reverse gear is selected or If a sy stem fault occurs, a continuous
the selector lev er is moved to R in vehicles acoustic signal is sounded at a dista nce of
with a utoma tic transm ission. Readiness for one metre from the obstacle. Hav e the
opera tion is indicated by brief acoustic cause of the fault remedied . We
alarm. recommend that you consult a Vauxhall
Under certain circumstances, v arious
Authorised Repa irer. The sy stem’s
If the vehicle slowly gets close to an reflective surfaces on objects or clothing
obstacle w hile rev ersing, an intermittent as well as ex ternal noise sources may
acoustic signal is audible in the passenger cause the system to fail to d etec t
compartment when the vehicle tail is less obstacles. For this reason, care must be In order to avoid operationa l problems or
than one m etre from the obstacle. The taken w hen reversing even if the parking erroneous information, the sensors m ust be
interval between the signals becomes distance sensors a re opera tional. This is undamag ed a nd free of soiling, snow and
shorter as the distance is reduced. If the of particular importance when in the ice.
distance is less than 30 c m, a continuous vicinity of p edestrians.
signa l is aud ible.
180

Brakes Brake system
The effectiveness of the b ra kes is an
important fa ctor for traffic safety .
To improve effectiveness, do not brake
unnec essarily ha rd for the first 125 miles
(200 km) after new brak e p ads ha ve been
fitted.
Brake pad wear must not ex ceed a
specified lim it. Reg ular maintenance as
detailed in the S ervice Booklet is therefore
of the utmost im porta nce for traffic sa fety.
Have worn brake pads replaced.
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, w ho w ill fit
pads that have been tested and app rov ed Foot bra ke
by Vauxhall and g uarantee optim um The foot brak e comprises two independent
braking power. brak e circuits.
Brake pads which have worn down to If a brak e circuit fails, the vehicle can still be
minim um thickness will squeal. Driv ing may brak ed using the other brake circuit.
be c ontinued. Have the b rake pads However, in this ca se the b ra king effect
replaced as soon a s p ossible b y a does not occur until the peda l is dep ressed
work shop. We recom mend a Va ux ha ll a long way. Considerable force must also
Authorised Repairer. be used. The distance required for braking
will be greater. C onsult a workshop before
continuing your journey. We recommend a
To ensure the full peda l travel can be
utilized, especially in case of a fault in one
of the b ra ke circuits, there m ust be no ma ts
in the vicinity of the pedals – see page 167.
181

When the engine is stopped, servo
assistance will cease after the brake peda l
has been depressed once or twice. The
braking a ction w ill not b e reduced but
increased foot pressure will be necessary.
Take ex tra care when the vehicle is being
towed .
Check the brake lights b efore starting out
on a journey. On v ehicles with check
control, the brak e lights are checked
automatically – see page 44.
Shortly after starting each journey the
effectiveness of the b ra ke system should
be tested at low speed and without
inconv eniencing other tra ffic, especia lly if
the b ra kes are wet, e. g. after the vehicle Handbra ke Brak e system control indicat or R
has been washed. Alw ays apply handb ra ke firmly . On slopes C ontrol indicator illuminates with the
apply the handb ra ke as firmly as possible. ignition switched on if handbrake is
The b ra ke fluid level should be check ed
app lied and/or fluid level in brake or clutch
reg ularly – see page 240. The mechanic al handbrake acts on the
system is too low. Brake fluid level – see
brakes on the rear wheels. It engages
autom atic ally when applied. pag e 240.
To release the handbrake pull the lev er up If it lights up when the ha ndb ra ke is not
slightly, press the ratchet knob , and fully applied : stop the vehicle; interrup t your
low er the lever. journey immediately . C onsult a
workshop. We rec om mend a Vaux hall
182

ABS u
If there is a fault in the ABS, the rear
The Anti-lock Brak e S ystem (ABS ) 3
wheels m ay tend to lock in the event of
continuously monitors the vehicle’s brake
unusua lly heav y brak ing. This m ay
system a nd prevents the wheels from
cause the v ehicle to swerve. The benefits
locking regardless of roa d condition and
of the ABS are lost.
tyre grip.
It starts to regulate the braking p ressure as Y ou can continue driving, provided y ou
soon as a w heel shows a tendency to lock. drive with care and anticipation.
The v ehicle remains steera ble, even in the
event of very heavy braking, for instance Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied. We
on bends or when sw erving to av oid an recommend that you consult a Vauxhall
obstacle. Even in the ca se of full-on Authorised Repa irer. The sy stem’s
braking, the ABS makes it p ossible to drive integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to
round an obsta cle without releasing the be quickly remedied .
brakes.
ABS control is made app arent though a Control i nd icator u for ABS
pulse in the brake peda l and the noise of It illum ina tes for several second s when the
the regulation proc ess. ignition is switc hed on and the system
undergoes a self-check at the same tim e
To achieve optimum brak ing, keep the (m ay b e audible). The system is ready for
brake peda l fully depressed throughout op eration when the control indicator goes
the braking p rocess, despite the fact off.
that the pedal is pulsating. Do not If the control indicator does not go out
reduce the pressure on the peda l. after a few sec onds, or if it lights up during
Do not let this special safety feature driving, there is a fault in the ABS . The
tempt you into taking risk s when driving. vehicle’s brake system rem ains op erational
without ABS regulation.
Traffic safety can only be achieved by
adopting a responsib le driving style.
183

Wheels, tyres Tyre s
See pag e 274 for suitable ty res and
Fitti ng new tyr es
Fit tyres in pa irs or in sets, which is even
restrictions. better. Ensure tha t tyres on one axle are
z the same siz e,
Factory-fitted tyres are matched to the z the same design,
cha ssis and offer optimum d riv ing c om fort
z the same make,
and safety. z and have the same tread pattern.
Changing tyre / wheel type Fit directional tyres such that they roll in the
Before c hanging ov er to different tyres or direction of trav el. The rolling direction is
wheels, obtain adv ic e as regards tec hnical indicated by a symbol (e.g. an arrow) on
possibilities. We recommend that you the sidewall.
consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, Tyres fitted opposing the rolling direction
who will be aware of any changes w hich (such as when changing a ty re) should b e
may need to be mad e. If ty re siz es different refitted as soon as possible. This is the only
from those fitted at the factory are used way to benefit fully from the d esign
(including winter ty res), the elec tronic properties of the tyre.
speedom eter m ay need reprogramm ing in
order to ensure that the correct speed is We recommend that you hav e your ty res
display ed. chang ed b y a Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer, who will b e familiar w ith the
Use of unsuitab le tyres or wheels m ay requirem ents of the law a s regards
lead to accidents and render the vehicle disposal of tyres and can thus help to
unroa d-worthy . protect the environment and your
health.
184

Tyre inflation pressure After having chec ked the tyre pressures, Tyre condition, wheel condition
Check ty re pressures, including the spare tig hten the va lv e ca ps using the v alve cap Drive over edges slowly and at a right
wheel, at least ev ery 14 day s and prior to key . angle if possible. Driv ing ov er sharp edg es
any long journey; the ty res should be Incorrect infla tion pressures will imp air can lead to hidd en ty re damage and wheel
check ed when cold. Don’t forget to check safety, v ehicle handling, comfort and fuel dam age which is only noticed later on.
the spare. economy and will increase tyre wear. When p arking, ensure that the tyres are not
Use the v alve cap key to make unscrewing If the pressure is too low, this can result in pressed against the edge of the kerb.
the valve caps easier. The key is located on considera ble ty re warm -up and internal C heck ty res regularly for d amage (foreign
the inside of the tank flap. damage, leading to trea d separation and bodies, punctures, cuts, cracks, bulges in
Tyre pressures, see pages 274 to 282 and even to tyre blow-out at high sp eeds. sidewa lls). C heck wheels for dam age. In
the label on the insid e of the fuel ta nk flap. Hidden ty re d amage is not eliminated by the event of damag e or ab normal wear,
After changing ty re sizes, hav e the label subsequently adjusting the inflation consult a workshop. We recommend a
rep la ced. pressure. Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Increa sed pressure resulting from tyre
Incorrect ty re pressure may result in tyre Damage may lead to tyre blow-out.
warm-up must not be red uced, otherw ise
the p ressure may drop below the blow-out.
permissible minimum.
185

z Never fit used tyres the previous history
and use of which you do not k now.
z So as not to impair b ra ke cooling, use
only wheel trims approved for use on
your vehicle.
Tyre d esigna tions
e.g. 175/80 R 14 88 T
175 = Tyre width in mm
80 = Aspect ratio in %
(ty re height to tyre width in %)
R = Belt ty pe: Radial
14 = Wheel d ia meter in inches
88 = Load ind ex
e. g.: 88 corresponds to 567 kg
T = Speed cod e
Tread dept h The leg ally permissible minimum trea d
Check tread depth regularly. depth (1.6 mm) has been reached when S peed code letters:
the tread has worn down as far as one of Q Up to 100 mph (160 km /h)
Should the front tyres show greater wear
the wear indicators (TWI1 )). A number of S Up to 112 mph (180 km /h)
than the rear tyres, ha ve both front wheels
wear indicators are sp aced at eq ual T Up to 118 mph (190 km /h)
exchanged with the rear wheels so that the
tyres w ith deeper tread are on the front intervals around the tyre within the trea d. H Up to 130 mph (210 km /h)
axle. Their position is indicated by m arkings on V Up to 150 mph (240 km /h)
the tyre sid ewall. W Up to 168 mph (270 km /h)
For reasons of safety, tyres should be
General i nformati on
rep la ced when their tread depth has worn
down to 2 to 3 mm (winter tyres: 4 mm). z The risk of aq ua planing is greater if the
tyres are worn.
z Tyres age, even if they a re used only very
little or not at all. A spare wheel which
has not b een used for six years should be
used w ith ca re.
1)
TWI = T rea d W ear In dica to r.
186

Winter tyre s Wheel trims on steel wheels ma y come into
For notes on fitting new tyres – see contact with parts of the cha ins. In such
page 184. cases, remove the wheel covers – see
pag e 205.
See page 274 for restric tions.
Tyre cha ins may only be used at sp eeds up
Winter tyres (M+ S tyres) im prove safety
to 30 mph (50 km/h) and, when trav elling
and should therefore be fitted on all on roads that are free of snow , they m ay be
wheels.
used for brief periods only since they are
The d esign of summ er tyres mea ns they subject to rap id wea r on a hard road a nd
have limited qualities for winter driving. ma y sna p.
If the maxim um perm issible speed for the Tempora ry w heel 3
winter ty res is less than that of the vehicle, Tyre chains must not be used on the
a notice ind icating the ma ximum temporary spare wheel. If ty re chains must
permissible speed for the tyres must be be used and a front ty re is punctured, fit
affixed within the d riv er’s field of vision 31 ). the spare wheel to the rear ax le a nd the
If y ou use the spare wheel when it is fitted
Tyre chains rear wheel to the front axle.
with a summer tyre, the v ehicle’ s See pag e 274 for restrictions. Wheel changing – see pag e 205.
driveability may be affected, espec ia lly on Ty re chains are only p ermitted on the front C heck ty re pressure – see page 274.
slip pery roa d surfaces. Ob ta in a wheels.
rep la cement for the faulty ty re as soon a s
Alw ays use fine mesh chains that add no
possible, and hav e the wheel balanced
more than 15 mm to the tyre tread and the
and fitted to the v ehicle.
inboard sides (including chain lock).
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, w ho w ill be
pleased to give advice.
1)
Va ries fro m country to country o n account of
nationa l regula tions .
187

Roof racks, Disregard of these notes can lead to
injuries whic h may be fatal. Vehicle
caravan and trailer passengers should be informed
towing accordingly.
Roof racks 3
For reasons of safety and to avoid
damaging the roof, we recommend that
you use the Vauxhall roof rack system
relea sed for your vehic le. A Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer w ill be hap py to
prov ide you more information.
Driv ing hints – see pa ge 166.
Towing equipment 3 Towing e quipme nt with detachable

If the v ehicle is not equip ped with tow ing coupling ball bar 3
equipment, we recomm end having it St owage of coup ling ba ll bar
retro-fitted by a Vauxhall Authorised
The coupling b all bar is stored in a bag
Repairer, who will provide information strapped to the v ehicle tools under the
about possible tra iler load increases and
spare wheel – see page 191.
ha s instructions on how to install the
tow ing equipment and any modific ations
that are required to the vehicle tha t affect
the cooling sy stem or other equipment.
Tra ilers may not be used on v ehicles with
Z 20 LET 1 ) engine.
See pag es 288 to 290 for mounting
dimensions of towing equipment.
1)
Sales d esigna tion , see pa ge 254.
188

Fitting the c oupling b all ba r Check ing the tensioning of the coupling O therwise, the coupling ball bar must b e
Remove the sealing plug from the hole for ball bar tensioned b efore it is inserted into the
the c oupling ba ll bar and stow it aw ay in coupling housing:
z Red mark ing on turn knob p oints
the lugga ge c om partment. z Unlock coupling ball bar (k ey to
towards white marking on coupling ball
position 1).
bar.
z Pull turn knob out and turn it forwards as
z Gap of approx. 4 m illim etres between
far as it will go – see illustration.
turn knob and coupling ball bar.
z K ey is in lock at position 1.
189

I mporta nt
C heck tha t the coupling ball bar is correctly
attached:
z Green marking on turn knob points
tow ards white mark ing on coupling
ball bar.
z No gap between turn knob and c oupling
ball bar.
z Coupling ball ba r must b e sea ted firmly
in coup ling housing.
z Coupling ball ba r must b e locked and
key must be removed.
Tow ing a carav an / trailer is only

Inserting the coupling ba ll bar Lock coup ling ball bar (key to p osition 2 – permitted with a p roperly attac hed
Insert the tensioned coupling ball bar into see p age 189, Fig. 12416 T). Rem ov e k ey coup ling ball bar. If the coupling ball b ar
the c oupling housing a nd push firmly and press protective flap into position. cannot be p roperly attached, consult a
upwards until the coupling ball b ar workshop. We rec om mend that you
When the coupling ball ba r is lock ed the consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
enga ges in position.
turn knob c an no longer be pulled out.
The turn knob snaps back into its home Eye for break -awa y stopp ing cab le
position resting ag ainst the coupling b all In the c ase of caravans / trailers with brake,
bar. attach the break -away stopping ca ble to
the eye (arrow in illustration).
Do not touch the turn knob w hen
inserting the coup ling ball bar - risk of
injury.
190

The permissib le carav an / tra iler loads for
y our v ehicle are giv en in the vehicle
documents. Unless otherwise stated, they
are valid for g ra dients up to max . 12 %.
The permissib le carav an / tra iler load
should be fully utilised only by drivers who
are adequately exp erienced in towing
large or heav y carav ans / trailers.
The permitted carava n / trailer load
app lies up to the specified incline and up to
an altitud e of 1000 metres ab ov e sea level.
S ince engine power decreases as altitud e
increa ses b ecause of the air becoming
thinner, therefore reducing climb ing ability,
the permitted towing weight also
Dismounting the coupling b all ba r Stow age of coupling ball bar decreases by 10 % for every 1000 metres of
Unlock coupling ball ba r (k ey to position 1 Put coupling ba ll bar in bag and tie to add itional altitude. The towing w eight
– see pa ge 189, Fig . 12416 T). vehicle tools beneath spare wheel as does not have to be reduced when driv ing
shown in illustration. on roads with slight inclines (less tha n 8 %,
Pull turn k nob out a nd turn it forwards as
far as it will go. Rem ov e c oupling ba ll bar e. g. motorways).
downwards out of coupling housing . Caravan and traile r loads1 )
Insert the sealing plug in the hole for the The permissible caravan / trailer load s a re
coupling ball ba r. vehicle- and eng ine-dependent m aximum
values which must not be exceed ed. The
Do not use steam-jet clea ners or other actual caravan / trailer loa d is the
high-pressure cleaners to c lean the difference between the actual gross weight
coupling ball ba r. of the carava n / trailer and the actua l
coupling socket load with the caravan /
tra iler attached. When the caravan / trailer
loa d is being c hecked, therefore, only the
caravan / trailer w heels – and not the
jock ey wheel – m ust be sta nd ing on the
weighing app aratus.
1)
Obs erve na tiona l reg ula tio ns.
191

The a ctual caravan / trailer load plus the Re ar axle load during towing
actual gross vehicle weight m ust not When the carav an / trailer is coup led a nd
exceed the maxim um perm itted towing the towing vehic le fully loaded (including
weight. For exam ple, if the perm itted gross all occupants), the perm issible rear ax le
vehic le weight is utilised, the ca ra van / loa d (see identification plate or v ehicle
trailer load must only be used until the docum ents) may be exceeded by 75 kg. I f
max imum permitted towing weight is the perm issible rear axle load is exceeded,
rea ched. The max imum permitted towing a max imum speed of 62 mph (100 km /h)
weight is shown on the identification applies. I f na tional regulations specify a
plate – see pag e 250. low er ma ximum speed for vehicles towing
a carava n / trailer, this must be observed.
Coupling s ocket load
The c oupling socket load is the load
exerted by the carav an / tra iler on the
coupling ball. It can b e varied by changing
the w eight distribution when loa ding the
carava n / trailer. Tyre inflation pressure
When driving a towing vehicle, increase the
The ma ximum permissible coup ling socket
tyre pressure to the appropriate value for
load (75 kg) for the towing v ehicle is
the maximum load, see pages 274 to 282.
indicated on the towing equipment
Also check the pressure of the trailer wheels
identification plate and in the v ehicle
and the spare w heel.
documents. Alway s aim for the m aximum
load, particularly in the ca se of heavy
carava ns / trailers. The coup ling socket
load should never fall below 25 kg .
When mea suring the coup ling socket load,
mak e sure that the drawbar of the loa ded
carava n / trailer is at the sa me height as it
will be when the caravan / trailer is c oupled
with the towing vehicle load ed. Particularly
important for caravans / trailers with
tandem axle.
192

Do not drive above 50 mph (80 km /h) when Diesel engine: On gradients of 10 % or
using trailers with poor driving stability, more, do not drive faster than 20 mph
and the use of a friction-ty pe roll dam per is (30 km/h) in first gear or 30 mph (50 km /h)
urgently rec om mended. in second g ear; with automa tic
transmission, do not ex ceed 25 mph
Check caravan / trailer lighting b efore
(40 km/h) in driv e range 1.
starting to drive. The fog tail lights on the
vehicle are deactiv ated w hen towing a When coupled to a ca ra van / trailer the
caravan or trailer. vehicle requires more braking effort when
driving d ow n long gradients, so select the
Do not d riv e faster than 50 mph (80 k m/h)
same gear as you would driving uphill and
if possible, ev en in countries where hig her
drive at roughly the sa me speed. With
speeds are permitted.
automatic transmission engag e driv e
Make sure that you have enough room range 3, 2 or ev en 1.
when cornering and a void sud den
S elec t D again as soon as driv ing
manoeuvres.
conditions permit.
Driving characteristics, towing tips If the carav an / trailer starts to swa y, driv e
If it is necessary to app ly the b ra kes fully, in
In the case of carav ans / trailers with more slowly, d o not a ttempt to correct the
particular to ensure short braking
brakes, attach breakaway stopp ing cable steering and b ra ke sharply if necessary.
distances when towing a carava n / trailer,
to eye. The cooling fan is electrically operated. Its depress the brak e pedal a s hard as
Before attaching the ca ra van / trailer, cooling p ow er is therefore independent of possible.
lubricate the ball of the caravan / trailer the engine speed.
Remem ber that the braking d istance for
towing device. However, do not lub rica te Since a considerable amount of heat is vehicles towing carava ns / trailers w ith and
the b all if a stabiliser, which acts on the genera ted at high engine speeds and less without brake is always greater than that
coupling ball, is being used to da mp at slower speeds, do not shift d ow n when for vehic les not tow ing a carav an / trailer.
hunting. climbing hills whilst the v ehicle is still coping
Handling is greatly influenced by the with the gradient in the higher g ear.
loading of the caravan / trailer. Loads
should therefore be secured so that they
cannot slip and be placed in the c entre of
the c aravan / trailer if possib le, i. e. above
the a xle.
193

On vehicles with automatic transmission it
is sufficient to open the throttle fully .
Before starting off under extreme
conditions (high c om bination w eight,
mountainous terrain with steep inc lines),
switch off all unnecessary elec trica l loa ds
(e.g. heated rear wind ow , air conditioning
sy stem 3, heated front seats 3).
Starting on inclines
Vehicles with ma nual transmission:
The m ost favourable engine sp eed when
starting off on an incline is b etween 2500
and 3000 rpm for p etrol engines a nd
between 2000 and 2200 rpm for diesel
engines. Hold engine rpm c onstant,
enga ge c lutch grad ually (let slip), release
brake and open throttle. If possib le, the
engine sp eed should not drop d uring this
proced ure.
194

Self-help Diesel fuel system, ble eding
Di esel engine Y 17 DT 1), Z 17 DTL1 )
Do not start with quick charge r
This prevents d amage to electronic
If the tank has been run dry and is components.
subsequently refuelled, the fuel system
must b e bled: start the engine for ap prox . Do not start by pushing or towing
30 seconds. If the engine does not sta rt, Because your vehicle is fitted with a
repeat the procedure a short time later. cataly tic converter, it must not be started
Di esel engines Y 20 DTH 1 ), Y 22 DTR1 ) by pushing or towing.
Nev er let the tank run dry !
The diesel fuel sy stem is extremely difficult
to bleed after running the ta nk dry because
of the ex tremely high injection pressure.
Consult a work shop. We recom mend a
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. R efuel as
soon as possible if control indicator Y
Disreg ard of these notes ca n lead to illuminates, and refuel immediately if
injuries which may be fatal. Vehicle control indicator flashes.
passengers should be informed
according ly .
1)
195

Starting the engine with jump leads 3 z Do not disconnect the discharged
A vehicle with a discharged battery can be battery from the vehicle.
started using jump lead s and the battery of z Switch off all unnecessary electrical
another vehicle. consumers.
This must be done with extrem e ca re. z Do not lean over the ba ttery during jump
Any dev iation from the following starting.
instruc tions c ould lea d to personal injury z Do not allow the terminals of one lead to
or damage resulting from battery touch those of the other lead .
explosion, as well as to damage to the
z Apply handbrak e. Place gearshift lever
elec trical sy stems in both vehicles.
in neutral (autom atic transmission: set
selector lever to P).
The battery c an be found in the front of the
eng ine compartm ent on the right side, as
seen from the front.
z Never ex pose the b attery to nak ed
flames or spark s.
z Do not allow battery fluid to come into
contact with eyes, skin, fa bric s or
painted surfaces. The fluid contains
sulp huric ac id which can cause injuries
and d amage in the event of d irect
contact.
z Wear eye protec tion and protective
clothing when handling a b attery.
z Use aux iliary battery with same voltage
(12 Volts). The capa city (Ah) thereof
must not be much less than that of the
discharged battery. Voltag e and
capa city inform ation c an be found on
the battery.
196

z Do not connect leads to negative z In order to a void ex cess voltage in the
term inal of discharged battery! electric al sy stem, b efore removing a
lead, sw itc h on a n electrica l consumer
z The connection p oint should be as far
(e.g. light, heated rear window) in the
away from the discharged battery as
vehicle receiving the jump sta rt.
possible.
z Reverse abov e seq uence exac tly when
z Route the lead s so that they cannot
removing leads.
catch on rotating parts in the engine
compa rtm ent.
z The engine of the vehicle providing the
jump start can be allowed to run during
starting. Attempts to start the engine of
the vehicle with the discharged battery
should b e m ade at intervals of one
minute a nd should not last long er than
15 second s. After sta rting, allow both
Connect the lea ds in the order shown in the
eng ines to idle for ap prox . 3 minutes with
illustration: the leads still connected.
1. Connect one end of the first jump lead to
the positiv e terminal 1 of the battery
prov iding the jump start (identified by
"+" sign on battery case or terminal).
2. Connect the other end of this lea d to the
positive terminal 2 of the discharged
battery (" +" sign).
3. Connect the first end of the other jump
lead to the negativ e terminal 3 of the
battery prov iding the start ("–" sign).
4. Connect the other end of the second
jump lead 4 to ground on the other
vehicle, e. g. engine block or screw
connection in the engine suspension.
197

Towing the vehicle Coupe, convertible: Open cover concealing The tow ing eye is located in the bag
Saloon / hatch, estate: O pen cov er recess for towing eye (a t front of vehicle on containing the jack and vehicle tools
concealing recess for towing ey e (at front rig ht-hand side): disengage cover at top underneath the sp are wheel in the luggag e
of vehic le on right-ha nd side): disengag e using a screwdriver and detac h compa rtm ent. Spare wheel – see page 202.
cover at bottom and detach d ow nwa rds. downwards.
198

Switch on ignition to release steering Vehicles with automatic tra nsmission 3
colum n lock and to permit opera tion of should b e towed facing forw ards only and
brake lights, horn and windscreen wiper. must not be tow ed faster than 50 mph
(80 km/h) or further than 60 miles (100 km).
Plac e gearshift lever in neutra l or with
If the transmission is defective, or if the
autom atic transm ission place selec tor lever
abov e speed or distance is to be exceeded,
in N.
the front ax le m ust be raised off the
Driv e slowly. Do not driv e jerkily. Excessive ground.
tra ctiv e force can dam age the vehicle.
C onsult a workshop . We recommend a
More pressure is necessary to depress Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who will
the brake peda l since the brak e serv o serve you b est to get your vehicle back on
unit is only operative when the engine is the roa d.
running.
Towing se rvice
C onsiderably grea ter steering force is Entrust your vehicle only to the towing
necessary sinc e this unit is op erative only
Screw in the towing eye a nticlockwise as far service of your choice and obtain an
when the engine is running. estimate on towing costs before employing
as it will go and use the wheel bolt wrench
to tighten it until it is fully horizontal. any tow ing service. In this way y ou avoid
To prev ent the entry of exhaust fumes from
Vehicle tools – see pa ge 204. unnecessary c osts and possible insurance
the towing vehic le, switch on the air
problems during claim processing.
Attach a tow rope 3 – or better still a tow circulation system and close the wind ow s.
rod 3 – to the eye.
199

Towing another vehicle Driv e slowly. Do not driv e jerkily. Excessive Warning triangle ¨ 3 and
Attach a tow rope 3 – or better still a tow tra ctiv e force can dam age the vehicle. First-aid kit + 3
rod 3 – to the rea r towing eye on the right- 3-door and 5-d oor hatch
hand side of the vehicle underbody , nev er S trap the warning triangle and first-aid k it
to the rear ax le. to the left side p anel of the lugg age
compa rtm ent using a rubber band, as
show n in the illustration.
200

4-door Sa loon, Coupe Convertib le Est ate
Strap the warning triangle a nd first-aid k it Strap the warning triangle and first-a id kit The warning triangle and first-aid kit are
to the left sid e pa nel of the lugga ge to the left side panel of the luggage stowed in the side p anel trim at the left-
compartment using rubber bands, as compartment using rubber bands, as hand side.
shown in the illustration. shown in the illustra tion.
6
201

To open the cover, turn the fasteners Ast rava n Spare whee l 3
through 90°. The first-aid kit and warning triangle are 3-door and 5-d oor hatch
stowed in a recess behind the driver’s seat, The spare wheel is stowed in the lug gage
as shown in the illustra tion. compa rtm ent and is secured by a wing nut
Notes on loading under a floor cov er. Raise the floor cover
see p age 76. and secure with its notches at the sides.
202

4-door Sa loon, Coupe, C onv ertible Estat e, A st ravan Raise the floor covering as far a s shown in
The spare wheel is stowed in the lugg age The spare wheel is stowed under the floor the illustration a nd take it out toward s the
compartment and is secured by a w ing nut cover in the luggage compartment. O pen rear.
under a floor cov er. Raise the floor cov er by the carpet covering 3 by unclipping it and
The spare wheel is secured with a wing
the loop a nd , on the 4-d oor saloon and the folding it forward. A loop on the left-hand
nut – see pa ge 204, Fig. 11398 T.
coupe, clip the loop into the mounting side can be used to lift the carpet cov ering.
above in front of the luggage After fitting the spare wheel, slot front floor
Turn the loc king ring .
compartment light. cover into mounts, c lose and lock using
locking ring. Clip carpet covering 3 into
place.
O n retro-fitted equipment w ith a sp are
wheel, the wing nut must be replaced. We
Repairer.
203

Genera l informa tion The spare wheel may hav e a sm aller tyre
Dep ending on version, the spa re wheel and a smaller rim: using the spare wheel
may take the form of a temp orary sp are may cause different d riv ing behav iour.
wheel 3. Refer to the notes on pag es 187, Replace defective ty re as soon as possib le,
209, 274. balance wheel and have it fitted to the
vehicle.
In vehicles with tem porary spare wheel 3,
rem ov e the spacer to accommodate a On some vehicles, the spare wheel may
conventional wheel. take the form of a temporary spa re wheel.
The tem porary spare wheel can be
O n vehicles w ith a lloy wheels 3 the spare
identified b y a sticker on the rim.
wheel may have a steel rim.
Notes on tem porary spare wheel 3
If y ou use winter tyres 3, the spare wheel
z Fit only one temporary spare wheel,
may still be fitted with a summer tyre. I f you
use the spare wheel the vehicle’s ha nd ling z Do not drive faster than 50 m ph
may be altered. O btain a replacement for (80 k m/h),
the faulty tyre a s soon as possible, and
z Take bend s slowly, Jack £ and vehicle tools
have the wheel b alanc ed a nd fitted to the
vehic le. z Do not use the temporary spa re wheel The ja ck and the vehicle tools hav e b een
for a lengthy period, spec ia lly developed for your vehicle and
must only be used on that vehicle. Only use
z Replace temporary spare wheel with full
jack for cha nging wheels.
specification wheel without delay ,
The ja ck and v ehicle tools are stowed in a
z Do not use ty re chains. If you need to use
bag und erneath the spa re wheel in the
tyre chains after suffering a flat front
luggage compa rtm ent.
tyre, fit the temporary spa re wheel on
the rea r ax le and transfer one of the rea r
wheels to the front axle. C heck the tyre
pressure and adjust it if necessa ry .
204

Changing whe els z Block the wheel diagonally op posite the
In order to reduce the chance of possible wheel to be changed by placing wedge
injuries, make the following preparations blocks or equiv alent in front a nd behind
and note the procedure: the wheel.
z Park on a level, firm and non-slippery z Use the jack only to chang e wheels.
surface. z If the ground on which the vehicle is
z Switch on hazard wa rning flashers and standing is soft, a solid board (max . 1 cm
apply handbrak e. Plac e automatic thick) should b e pla ced under the jack .
transmission selector lever in position P, Using a thicker b oard c ould dam age the
or with m anual transm ission engag e first jack and the v ehicle.
gear or reverse. z No people or animals may be in the
z Correctly set up warning triangle. vehicle when it is jacked up.
Warning triangle – see page 200. z Never crawl under a jacked-up vehic le.
z Ta ke the spare w heel from the luggage z Do not start or run the engine while the
com partment. vehicle is on the jac k. 1. Prise off the hub c ap using a screwdriver,
positioning the screwdriver at the recess
z Before raising the v ehicle, set the front
at the side of the hub cap .
wheels to the straight-ahead position.
z Nev er change more than one wheel at 6
once.
205

Prise off the wheel cover 3 using the Wheel cover with anti-theft lock 3: Prise off the wheel cover using the hook
hook included with the vehicle tools. Release the lock using the key included included with the vehicle tools. Vehicle
Vehicle tools – see page 204. with the vehicle tool kit by inserting it in tools – see p age 204.
the recesses on the lock .
If the lock cannot be released by hand,
insert a screwdriver into the recess on the
key a nd turn it.
206

Alloy wheels 3 : Prise off the hub cap Alloy wheels with anti-theft lock 3 : 2. Slacken wheel bolts using wheel bolt
using a screw driver, positioning the Release hub cap using key includ ed in wrench, putting on wheel bolt wrench as
screwdriver at the recess at the side of vehicle tools and rem ove it. far as possible.
the hub cap.
Remove wheel bolt ca ps 3 from wheel
bolts.
207

3. On som e vehicles, the jac king points are 4. Before attaching jack, set to req uired When turning the crank , ensure that the
concealed by flap s. Fold the flap height b y hand. Fit jack arm at front – edge of the ja ck base is firmly on the
outwards. and rear – in such a w ay that jack claw ground, v ertically in line with the contact
(arrow in illustration) goes around the point.
vertical ridge and eng ages into the
If this is not the case when jacking up the
rec ess in the ridge. vehicle, lower vehicle immediately and
reposition the jack.
Raise vehicle b y turning crank handle.
5. Unscrew wheel bolts (on wheel cover
with lock 3, remove adapter) and put in
a safe pla ce so that the threads do not
get d irty .
6. Replac e wheel. For notes on spare wheel
and tem porary wheel see page 202.
208

10. Align and engage hub cap or wheel 11. Push bac k the flaps which conceal the
cov er 3 and wheel bolt cap s 3 . point the jack is attached. Stow awa y
repla ced w heel, tools and warning
Before refitting the wheel cover clean
triangle in the luggage compartment.
the wheel around the reta ining c lips.
Valve sy mbol 3 on back of wheel cover 12. Have the tightening torque of the wheel
m ust point towards valve on wheel. bolts on the new wheel checked on the
vehicle using a torque wrench as soon
Wheel cover with anti-theft lock 3:
as possib le and , if necessary, corrected.
Mount lock a nd turn k ey firm ly until it
Tightening torque – see page 274.
locks into place.
13. Replace the faulty tyre on the wheel
Alloy wheels 3 : Press on and engage
that was rem oved.
hub ca p, inserting pin on back of hub
ca p into corresponding hole in wheel. 14. Replace temporary spare wheel 3 with
a full specification wheel without delay .
Alloy wheels with anti-theft lock 3:
Align hub cap . Insert and tighten
7. Screw in wheel bolts and tig hten slightly antitheft lock 3.
(on wheel cov er with lock 3, fit ada pter
beforehand and attach using wheel
bolts), putting on wheel bolt wrenc h as
far as possible.
8. Lower vehicle.
9. Tighten wheel bolts crossw ise, putting on
wheel bolt wrench as far as possible.
209

Tyre repair kit 3
Minor damage to the tyre tread caused by
foreign bodies, for exa mple, can be
rem edied using the tyre repa ir kit.
Do not rem ov e foreign bodies from the
tyres.
Damag ed a reas bigger than 4 mm a nd
dam age to the walls of the tyres cannot be
rep aired using the ty re repair kit.
Driv ing w ith ty re pressure that is too low

can c ause inv isible damage to the tyres.
This damag e cannot be remedied using
the tyre repair kit. Park v ehicle and
contact a workshop. We recommend a
Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer. If you have a flat ty re: 1. Remov e ba g containing ty re repair kit
z Sw itch on haz ard warning lights a nd from compartment. Carefully remov e
For important information, see page 213. apply handbrake. Place automatic parts from bag.
transm ission selector lever in p osition P,
2. Remov e bag conta ining compressor and
or with manual tra nsmission engage first
remove compressor.
gear or rev erse.
z C orrectly set up warning triangle.
Warning tria ngle – see page 200.
The tyre repa ir kit is behind a cover in the
lugg age compartment trim on the left-
ha nd side.
To op en the cover, rotate the fasteners
through 90°; to close, fit the cover from
below a nd turn the fasteners all the w ay
back a gain.
210

3. Remove electric connecting ca ble a nd 4. Place sealant bottle with hose 7. Screw tyre inflation hose to valv e.
air hose from stowag e comp artments connections fa cing downward.
8. Switch on compressor must be set to §.
benea th com pressor.
5. Sc rew comp ressor air hose to sealant 9. Connect comp ressor plug to a ccessory
bottle connection.
socket. For accessory sockets, see
6. Unscrew d ust cap from defective tyre. page 77.
211

15. Remove the tyre repa ir kit. Sc rew the
tyre inflation hose of the sealant bottle
onto the free sealant bottle connection.
This p revents sealant b ottle leak age.
Stow the tyre repair k it in the luggage
compartment.
16. Remove any excess sealant using a
cloth.
17. Fold up the w arning triangle and put it
in luggage compartment stowag e
compartment; see page 200.
18. Affix enclosed sticker indicating
max imum permitted speed in driv er’s
field of v iew.
10. Switch on ignition. I f the prescribed tyre pressure is not 19. Continue driving im media tely so that
reached within 10 minutes the ty re has sealant is ev enly d istributed in ty re.
11. Move roc ker switch on compressor to I,
too much d amage. Park v ehicle and After driving approx. 6 m iles (10 km) or
and tyre is filled with seala nt.
contact a Vaux ha ll Authorised for no more than 10 minutes, stop and
12. The compressor pressure gauge briefly Repairer. check tyre pressure. Sc rew comp ressor
ind icates up to 6 bar w hilst the sea lant air hose directly onto tyre valve when
Release ex cessiv e ty re pressure using
bottle is emptying (approx . doing this – see Fig . 13644 T
button above pressure ga uge.
30 sec onds). Then the pressure starts to (next page).
drop. Do not operate com pressor for more
than 10 minutes – see "I mportant notes"
13. All of the sealant is pumped into the
on pa ge 213.
tyre. Then the ty re is inflated.
14. The prescribed tyre pressure, see
page 274, should be reached within
10 m inutes. Switch compressor off
when pressure is reached.
212

Imp or tant The sealant can only be stored for
app rox imately 4 y ears, after which time its
Do not drive faster than 50 m ph
sealing capab ility is no longer guaranteed.
(80 k m/h).
Pay attention to storage inform ation on
Do not use for a lengthy period. sealant b ottle.
Steering and ha ndling m ay b e affected. The sealant bottle ca n only be used once.
Replace used sealant bottle.
The driving com fort of the repaired tyre is
The compressor and the seala nt c an be
severely affected, therefore ha ve this tyre
replaced. used up to approximately – 30 °C .
Dispose of used tyre rep air kits in
If unusual noise is heard or the compressor
acc orda nce with the applicable laws.
becomes hot, turn c om pressor off for at
least 30 m inutes.
The built-in safety va lv e opens at a
pressure of 7 bar.
If the ty re pressure is ab ov e 1.3 bar,
correct to presc ribed v alue. Protect compressor from moisture and
ra in.
If the ty re pressure has dropped below
1. 3 bar, the vehicle must not b e used.
Contact a workshop . We recom mend a
Vaux hall Authorised Repairer.
20. Stow tyre repair kit behind cover in side
panelling at right side of luggage
compartment. To close, insert cover at
rear a nd turn rotary knob s until they
latch.
213

Ele ctrical system Fuses i n the v ehicle passeng er Turn the fixing screw s b y 90° using a coin
compa rtment and remove the stowage compartment
Elec tronic ig nition system s genera te very The fusebox is located in the v ehicle fixture.
high v oltag es. Do not touch the ignition passenger compa rtm ent nex t to the
system ; high voltage can be fatal. The numb ering scheme for the fuses is
steering column under the stowag e
given on the b ack of the cover.
compartment.
Fuses Open the comp artment, p ress b oth sides
A defective fuse can be recog nized b y its tog ether slightly, swivel the com partment
melted w ire. A new fuse should only be down to its full extent a nd detach it.
installed after the cause of the trouble has
been rectified.
There are two fuseb ox es in the v ehicle: O ne
in the interior next to the steering column
behind the stora ge compartment, and one
in the front left of the engine compa rtm ent,
beneath a cov er.
214

To rep la ce a fuse, grip handle to It is a g ood id ea to carry a complete sp are O nly fit fuses of the sp ecified current
disengage fusebox from underneath and set of fuses, obtainable from any Vauxhall rating. Each fuse has its current rating
swivel forwards. Authorised Repairer. Store spare fuses in written on it, in addition the ratings are
the place prov ided in the fusebox (mark ed colour coded .
in yellow in the illustration).
Fuse Fuse
To help in replacing fuses, there is a spec ia l
colour rating
fuse-gripping tool on the rig ht-hand sid e in
the fusebox. Grey 2A
Light brown 5A
Before replacing a fuse, turn off the
respective switch and the ignition. Brown 7.5 A
Red 10 A
Slot fuse-gripping tool onto fuse and
withdra w it. Light blue 15 A
Y ellow 20 A
Light green 30 A
O range 40 A
215

Fuse C ircuit Ra ting
11 C entral locking, 20 A
anti-theft alarm sy stem
12 Fog lights 15 A
13 I nterior mirror, 5A
anti-theft alarm sy stem,
information disp la y,
telema tics,
rain sensor
14 Windscreen wiper, 30 A
sun roof (coupe)
15 Electric w indows, 5A
sun roof,
ad justable ex terior
Some circuits m ay be protected by severa l Fuse Circ ui t Rating m irrors, courtesy light,
fuses. anti-theft alarm sy stem
6 Dipped bea m (right), 10 A
Fuse C ircuit Rat ing headlight range 16 Fog tail lights 10 A
1 C onv ertible, fold ing top 40 A adjustment 17 Electric w indows 30 A
2 Fan, 30 A 7 Parking light (right), 10 A 18 N um ber p late lights, 5A
hea ted front seats tail light (right), headlight range
num ber pla te light ad justment,
3 Heated rear w indow 40 A
8 Main beam (right) 10 A automatic tra nsmission
4 – –
9 Hea dlight wash system 30 A 19 Ra dio, CD cha ng er, 10 A
5 – –
10 Horn 15 A telema tics,
I nfotainment system
20 Electric w indows 30 A
216

Fuse C ircuit Rating Fuse Circ ui t Rating Fuse C ircuit Ra ting
21 Ignition switch, 5A 29 Hazard warning lights, 10 A 38 Brak e light, 10 A
anti-theft alarm sy stem, autom atic transm ission automatic tra nsmission,
radio, information disp la y,
30 Sun roof 20 A
telematics, cruise c ontrol,
Infotainment system 31 Tailgate wiper 20 A
electronic air
22 Haz ard warning 15 A 32 Daytime running lights 10 A conditioning sy stem
flashers, 33 Terminal 30: 20 A 39 Automatic transmission, 5 A
inform ation display , Constant c urrent for engine cooling,
trip com puter, caravan / trailer air conditioning system
Infotainment system,
34 Inform ation d isplay , 20 A 40 Engine cooling, 5A
control indicators
radio, air conditioning system
23 ABS, ES P, TC, 10 A telematics, 41 H eated ex terior mirrors 10 A
power steering Infotainment sy stem
42 C ourtesy light, 5A
24 Dipped beam (left) 10 A 35 Automa tic transmission, 10 A sea t occupancy
25 Parking light (left), 10 A engine cooling,
recognition
tail light (left), air conditioning system
43 Xenon headlight 15 A
number plate lig ht 36 Cigarette lighter 15 A
system , (right)
26 Main b eam (left) 10 A 37 Seat heating, 20 A 44 Xenon headlight 15 A
27 – – cruise control,
system , (left)
brake light
28 C ourtesy light 5A 45 S eat heating 5A
46 I gnition system 15 A
47 S tationary heater 20 A
48 C onv ertible, folding top 2 A
49 C onv ertible, folding top 2 A
50 Engine cooling 40 A
217

Bulb re place ment
Before replac ing a bulb, switch ignition off
and switch relevant switch off.
O nly hold new bulb at base! Do not touch
the bulb glass with bare hands, otherwise
fingerprints on the glass eva pora te.
Residue builds up on the reflector
eventually resulting in a dull reflector.
Inadv ertently stained bulbs may be
cleaned with a clean non-fluffy cloth, using
alcohol or white spirits.
Replacement bulb m ust be in accordance
with data on base of defective bulb. Do not
exceed w attage given on bulb base.
Fuses in the engine compa rtment The electrical system is a lso protec ted by Headlight aiming
Fuses for pre-heater sy stem and filter up to 8 main fuses in the main fusebox, We recommend that hea dlight aiming be
heater (diesel engine) and other depending on equipment lev el.
carried out by a Va ux hall Authorised
equipm ent-dependent relays a nd fuses are Repairer, who will have special equipment.
Disenga ge c ov er of m ain fusebox and
in the fuse a nd relay box in the left side of
remove upwards.
the engine com partment.
If there is a fault in one of these fuses,
major pa rts of the electrical sy stem will fail.
Consult a work shop. We recom mend a
218

Haloge n headlight system 3. Remove bulb mounting from reflector. 4. Detach bulb from bulb mounting.
dipped and main beam 5. Insert new b ulb into b ulb mounting,
Headlight sy stem with sep arate bulbs for without touching the glass.
dipped b eam (outer bulbs) and main beam
(inner bulbs). 6. Insert new b ulb so that the two lugs on
the bulb m ounting enga ge in the
Dipp ed beam recesses in the reflector.
1. Open bonnet and engage support. 7. Rotate bulb carrier to right as far as it
2. Hold bulb housing at plug , rotate will go.
anticlockw ise and remove.
219

Mai n bea m 3. Remove bulb mounting from reflector. 4. Raise lug and detach connector from
bulb mounting.
1. Open bonnet and engage support.
2. Hold bulb housing at plug , rotate 5. Insert new b ulb mounting with b ulb,
without touching the glass.
anticlockw ise and remove.
6. Insert new b ulb so that the two lugs on
the bulb m ounting enga ge in the
recesses in the reflector.
7. Rotate bulb carrier to right as far as it
will go.
220

5. Insert light holder in reflector, rotate
clockwise and engage in position.
Haloge n headlight system, 3. Remove bulb from socket.

parking lights 4. Insert new bulb, without touc hing the
1. Open bonnet and engage support. glass.
2. Rotate bulb holder to left and
diseng age.
221

4. Insert new b ulb, without touching the
glass.
5. Insert holder in reflector, rotate clockwise
and enga ge in position.
Haloge n headlight system, 3. Press bulb into holder slightly , turn

front turn signal anticlockwise a nd remove.
1. Open bonnet and engage support.
2. Rotate bulb holder to left and
diseng age.
222

Xe non headlight system, Main beam 4. Detach plug connector from bulb base.
dipped and main beam 1. O pen bonnet and engag e support. 5. Fit connector onto new bulb, without
Headlights w ith separate system s for touching the glass.
2. Remove headlight protectiv e c ov er.
dipped beam 1 (outer b ulbs) and m ain
beam 2 (inner bulbs). 6. Insert bulb with connector so that lug on
3. Push bulb on plug connector downwards
bulb sock et engages in recess in
and remove from reflector housing.
Dipp ed beam reflector.
The Xenon headlight dipp ed beam 7. Pla ce headlight protective cover in
op erates at very hig h voltage. Do not position and close.
touch the ignition system; danger to life.
We recomm end that you ha ve the b ulbs
cha nged by a Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
223

X enon headlight sys tem ,
front turn s ignal
The turn signal light is integrated in the
hea dlight sy stem and is fitted with a
ma intena nce-free bulb. I f a bulb should
nev ertheless fail, w e recommend that you
have it rep la ced by a Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Fog lights 3
We recommend that you have bulbs
changed by a Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Xe non headlight system, 5. Remove bulb from socket.

parking lights 6. Insert new bulb, without touc hing the
1. Open bonnet and engage support. glass.
2. Remove m ain beam headlight protec tiv e 7. Insert holder in reflector, fit connector
cov er. onto ma in bea m b ulb socket, place m ain
3. To ga in easier access, unplug connector beam headlight protective cover in
from main beam bulb socket. position and close.
4. Remove park ing lig ht bulb hold er from
reflector.
224

Tail light, brake light, turn s ignal, 2. Deta ch plug connector from bulb 5. Press retaining lugs on outer edges of
re vers ing light, fog tail light mounting . bulb mounting tow ards each other a nd
3-door and 5-door ha tch remove bulb m ounting.
3. Grip the bulb housing from the outside,
1. Disenga ge c ov er by pressing retaining slacken the two knurled nuts using the Bulb sequence from top to bottom:
lug and rem ov e. wheel bolt key and unscrew by ha nd. Fog ta il light
Turn signal
4. Deta ch bulb housing.
Reversing lig ht
Tail light / brake lig ht
(tw o-filament bulb)
6. Remov e bulb from socket.
glass. Engage bulb mounting in bulb
housing . Insert bulb housing into vehicle
body. Screw fixing nuts onto setscrews
by hand a nd tighten. Eng age plug
connector. Place cover in p osition and
close.
225

4-door Sa loon, Coupe, C onv ertible 2. Deta ch plug connector from bulb 5. Press retaining lugs on outer edges of
mounting . bulb mounting tow ards each other a nd
1. Disenga ge c ov er by pressing retaining
remove bulb m ounting.
lugs and remove. 3. Grip the bulb housing from the outside,
slacken the two knurled nuts using the Bulb sequence from top to bottom:
wheel bolt key and unscrew by ha nd. Fog ta il light
Turn signal
4. Deta ch bulb housing.
Reversing lig ht
(tw o-filament bulb)
glass. Engage bulb mounting in bulb
housing . Insert bulb housing into vehicle
body. Screw fixing nuts onto setscrews
by hand a nd tighten. Eng age plug
connector. Place cover in p osition and
close.
226

Est ate, Astrav an 2. Grip the bulb housing from the outside, Bulb sequence from top to bottom:
slacken the two knurled nuts using the Fog ta il light
1. Open cover by turning the fasteners.
wheel bolt key and unscrew by ha nd. Turn signal
On Astra van, detach cover. Reversing lig ht
3. Deta ch bulb housing towards the rear.
4. Press the retaining lugs on the bulb (tw o-filament bulb)
mounting outwards and remove the bulb
mounting .
6. Insert new bulb, taking care not to touch
the glass. Clip light carrier into light
housing . Slot light housing into body .
Screw fa stening nuts onto threaded p ins
by hand a nd tighten. Insert ca ble
connector. Close flap and secure using
knob. Put on flap and close
(Astravan only).
227

Number plate light 3. Press d ow n light insert on right and raise 4. Depress protruding tongue and open
Sal oon / Ha tch at left. Lift lig ht insert out upwards. light housing.
1. Open lug gage compartment. 5. Remov e bulb from socket.
2. Insert screwdriver vertically into lig ht 6. Insert new b ulb, without touching the
insert a s shown in illustration, press glass.
forward and disengage spring. 7. Close number plate light, insert and
engage in position.
228

Coup e, C onvertib le 2. Depress protruding tongue a nd open Est ate, Astrav an
light housing.
1. Insert screwdriver vertically on right- 1. Open luggage compartment.
hand side of light insert, ex ert pressure 3. Remove bulb from socket. 2. Unscrew both screws on und erside of
towa rd s the right and disengage spring.
4. Insert new bulb, without touc hing the tailgate handle. Remove light insert.
Raise light insert on right and lift out.
glass.
3. Press b ulb slightly towards spring clip
5. C lose numb er plate light, insert and and rem ov e.
eng age in p osition.
glass.
5. Insert light insert and secure using a
screwdriver.
229

Courtes y light, 2. Press bulb slig htly towards spring c lip Front courte sy light 3
re ar reading lights 3, and remove. Before remova l, close the d oors so that the
glove com partm ent lighting, O n reading light, remove relevant bulb. light is not live.
luggage compartment lighting
3. Insert new bulb, without touc hing the 1. Prise off light using sc rewdriver and
Before removal, close the doors or hold the
glass. remove, see Fig. 8552 T.
contact switch pressed d ow n so that the
light is not liv e. 4. Insert light in opening a nd engage in 2. Rotate bulb holder to left and
position. disengage.
1. Prise lig ht out of recess using a
screwdriver. 3. Remov e bulb from socket.
glass.
5. Insert light holder, rotate clockwise and
engage in position.
6. Insert light in opening and engage in
position.
230

Rear courtesy lights / re ading lights 3
on ve hicles w ith
curtain airbag system 3
Repairer.
Instrument illumination,
Information display illumination 3
Repairer.
Front courte sy light and 2. Remove bulb from socket.

re ading lights 3 3. Insert new bulb, without touc hing the
Before removal, close the doors so that the glass.
light is not liv e.
4. Mount lens and eng age in position.
1. Lever lens out of housing.
231

If you have a problem The majority of areas of concern can be
quic kly resolved in this way.
They w ill review all the facts involved. Then
if it is felt some further action can be tak en,
the Vauxhall Authorised Repairer will b e
Should you wish to pursue the matter
adv ised accordingly. In any case, y our
further, the Principal of the Vauxhall
contact will b e ac knowledged confirm ing
Authorised Repairer should be made
Vauxhall Motors’ position in the m atter.
aware of your concern. It is ad visab le in
cases such as this to write to him to confirm If y ou are not satisfied with the outcome,
your problem and the solutions that have y ou ca n if you wish, seek advice from an
been offered. independent third p arty suc h as:
You can be assured the Authorised Autom obile Association (A. A. )
Repairer’s Principal w ill only be too anxious Fanum House,
to fully inv estigate y our prob lems and BASI NGSTO KE,
correct any errors m ade. After a ll, he has a Hants., R G21 2EA
large investm ent in his business and is
In our ex perience the m ost comm on ca use Royal Autom obile Cl ub (R.A.C .),
proud of his reputation and
R.A. C. M otoring S ervices Ltd.,
of all comp la ints is the result of professionalism and fully realises that
89-91 Pall Mall,
misundersta nding or la ck of satisfied c ustomers are his k ey to success.
LON DON , SW1Y S 45
communication between the customer and
In the unlikely ev ent that you are still not
the Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer. The Customer Relations Dep artment,
ha ppy with the answer your Vauxhall
Soc iet y of Mot or Manufact ur ers and
We sincerely hope you will nev er have Authorised Repairer has given, or the
Trad ers Ltd. (S.M. M.T.),
cause to c om plain about your vehicle. action he prop oses to correct the problem,
Forbes House, H alkin Street,
However, if things do g o wrong, the b est you may conta ct the C ustomer Care
LON DON , SW1X 7DS
course of action for you to take is to Department 1) w here a team of Custom er
contact your Vauxhall Authorised Care Consultants will spare no effort to C ustomer Complaints Service,
Repairer’s Service Rec eption Staff and ensure your complete satisfa ction. Sc ottish Motor Tra de Associ ation,
explain the d ifficulty y ou are having. We (S. M.T.A.),
Va uxhall Motors Lt d.
are confident they will do their utmost to 3 Palmerston Place,
Customer Ca re,
resolve the problem to y our comp lete EDINBURGH, EH 12 5AQ
Griffin House,
satisfaction.
Osborne Road, The National Conciliation Serv ice,
Sometimes, however, despite the b est of LUTO N, Retai l Motor I ndust ry Federation,
intentions of all c oncerned, Beds., LU1 3YT 9 North Street,
misundersta ndings can occur. If your Telep hone: 01582 427200 RUGBY , C V21 2AB
problem has not been resolv ed to your
I f you hav e a problem w hilst ab road:
satisfaction, please mak e an app ointment The Service Departm ents of Adam Op el AG
to discuss the matter with the Manager of
1)
Calls ma y be mo nito red and recorded fo r and General M otors branches every where
the d epartment concerned. tra in in g p urp oses will provid e information and assistance.
232

O pel Austria Vertriebs GmbH ADAM OPEL AG General Motors Poland Sp. z o. o.
Groß-Enzersdorfer S tr. 59 Bahnhofsp la tz 1 Domaniewsk a 41
1220 Vi enna – Austria 65423 Rüsselsheim – Germ any 06- 672 Wa rsa w – Pola nd
Tel. 01-2 88 77 444 or 01-2 88 77 0 Tel. 0 61 42-77 50 00 or 0 61 42-7 70 Tel. 0 22-606 17 00
O pel Belgium N. V. Opel Hella s S .A. O pel Portugal
Prins Boudewijnlaa n 30 56 K ifisias Avenue & Delfon str. Q uinta da Fonte
2550 Konti ch – Belgium Am arousion Ed. Fernão Ma galhã es, Piso 2
Tel. 03-4 50 63 11 151 25 Athens – Greece Porto Salvo
Tel. 1-6 80 65 01 2780 Oeira s – Por tugal
O pel C & S spol. s. r. o.
Tel. 01-4 40 75 00
Na Pank ráci 26 Opel Southeast Europe Ltd .
140 00 Pra gue 4 – Czech R epub lic Szabad sag utc a 117 O pel España de Autom óv iles S.A.
Tel. 02-61 21-88 21 2040 Buda örs – Hungary Paseo de la Castellana, 91
Tel. 06-23 446 100 28046 Madrid – Sp ain
General Motors Da nm ark
Tel. 900 20 25 20
Jaegersborg Alle 4 Opel Irela nd Ltd.
2920 Charlot tenl und – Denmark Opel House, Unit 60, Heather Road S aab O pel Sverig e AB
Tel. 39 97 85 00 Sandyford, Dubli n 18 – I rel and Esboga ta n 8
Tel. 01-216 10 00 164 74 Kista – Sw eden
Vauxhall Motors Ltd.
Tel. 08-632 85 00
Customer C are Opel Italia S .p.A.
Griffin H ouse, Osborne Road Piaz zale dell'Industria 40 O pel Suisse S.A.
Luton, Bedfordshire, LU1 3YT – Eng land 00144 Rome – I taly S alzhausstra ße 21
Tel. 0 15 82-42 72 00 Tel. 06-5 46 51 2501 Biel / Bienne – Swit zerland
Tel. 0848 810 820 or 0 32-3 21 51 11
O pel O y For Luxemb ourg – contact
Pajuniity ntie 5 Opel Service Department in O pel Türkiy e Ltd. S ti.
00320 Helsink i – Finland Kontich – Belgium K emalp asa yolu üzeri
Tel. Helsinki 61 58 81 35861 Torb ali / Izmi r – Turkey
Opel Nederland B.V.
Tel. 02 32-8 53-14 53
General Motors France Baanhoekweg 188
1 – 9, avenue du Marais 3361 GN Sliedrecht – Nether lands In Al bania, Bosnia -Her zegovi na ,
Angle Q uai de Bezons Tel. 0 78-6 42 21 00 Bulga ria, C roatia , Macedonia ,
95101 Ar gent euil Cedex – Franc e Rom ania, S lovenia and Yugosla via
General Motors Norge AS
Tel. 1-34 26 30 00 please contact the Opel
Kjeller-Vest 6
S ervice Depa rtm ent in Budaörs – Hungary
2027 Kjeller – N or way
Tel. 00 36-23 446 100
Tel. 23 50 01 04
233

Maintenance, In the case of v ehicles driven infrequently
with frequent cold sta rts or predomina ntly
Inspection system in urban traffic and stop-start traffic, an
add itional engine oil and engine oil filter
change is advisable.
Further information on maintenance and
the inspection system can be found in the
service booklet, which is in the glove
compa rtm ent.
Hav e maintena nce work, as well as repairs
to the b odywork and units, ca rried out by a
professional. We recommend a Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer, who is conversant
with Vaux hall vehicles and in possession of
the special tools required and the latest
In order to guarantee econom ical and safe S ervice I nstructions from Vauxhall. In ord er
vehicle operation and to m ainta in the to av oid inv alidation of any warranty
value of y our v ehicle, it is of vital claim, it is especially important to entrust
importanc e that all maintenance work is work to a Vaux hall Authorised Repairer
carried out at the proper intervals as during the warranty period. For further
specified b y Vauxhall. inform ation, see the Service Booklet.
The next serv ice is indicated by the serv ice Sepa rate anti-c orrosion serv ice
interval display depending on time or Hav e this service performed once a year,
kilometre / mileage intervals – whichever is either as part of a Serv ic e or sep arately;
reached first. see Service Booklet. To avoid invalidation
The service interval display takes no of any warranty claim against rust-
throug h, we recommend that you consult a
account of off-the-road periods during
whic h the battery is disconnected. Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
The maintenance intervals specified in the

Serv ic e Book let ha ve priority a nd should be
ob served. Service interval display – see
page 34.
234

Checking and topping up fluids
To aid identification, the engine oil filler
cap , the c oolant expansion ta nk cap, the
lid of the fluid container for the wind screen
wash sy stem and headlight w ash sy stem 3
and the handle of the oil dipstic k are
coloured y ellow.
Engine oil
The oils listed on pag e 251 are particularly
suita ble for this engine.
These hig h-quality oils are suitab le for
summer and winter operation.
C om mercially av ailable oils with the proper
grade and v iscosity c la ss m ay be used. Pay
A note on safety Nev er ca rry out any repairs or a djustment
strict attention to the information on
To avoid injury from c ables conducting and maintenance work on the vehicle pag e 251.
ignition volta ge, only carry out engine yourself. This especially applies to the
engine, cha ssis a nd safety parts. Y ou m ay In the case of b ra nd oils the m anufacturers
compartment check s (e.g. checking the
unwittingly infringe the provisions of the are responsible for ensuring that the oils
brake fluid lev el or engine oil level) when
law and, by not performing the work they supp ly are suitable for Va ux ha ll
the ig nition is switched off.
prop erly, endanger yourself and other vehicles.
The cooling fan is controlled by a road users.
thermo-switch a nd can therefore start
unexpectedly even if the ignition is
switched off. Risk of injury.
Elec tronic ig nition system s genera te very
high v oltag es. Do not touch the ignition
system ; high voltage can be fatal.
235

Eng ine oi l level and consum ption Checking the engine oil lev el , To check the level, remove the oil gauge
It is normal for every engine to consume topping up engine oil (dipstick), wipe it clean and reinsert it as far
som e oil. Engine oil consumption cannot b e The illustrations show chec king and as it will g o. Top up if the oil level has
reliab ly ascertained until the vehicle has top ping up of various petrol and diesel dropped to just above the "a dd oil" m ark
covered a substantial mileage. In the engines. MI N.
running-in phase it may b e ab ov e the The oil lev el m ust be check ed with the The oil level must not go above the upper
specified lev el. Freq uent running at high
vehicle horizontal and with the engine ma rk MAX on the d ipstick. Ex cess oil must
engine sp eeds increases oil consumption.
(w hich m ust be at operating temp erature) be dra ined or extracted by suction. If the oil
For this rea son the engine oil level should switched off. Wait at least five minutes level does go above the mark MAX there is
be check ed every 600 m iles (1, 000 km) or before checking the level to allow the a risk of damage to the engine or ca ta ly tic
before sta rting a long trip. normal oil accumulation in the engine to converter.
drain back into the oil pan.
This a lso app lies to vehicles with check The amount filled must be between the
control 3, in which the oil level is monitored MI N and M AX mark s – see pag es 285, 286.
automatically – see page 44. If the
message "Eng ine Oil Level" appears in the Im porta nt : I t is the owner’s responsibility
display, check the oil lev el using the to maintain the proper level of an
dipstick and top up as necessary. appropriate quality oil in the engine.
236

If possible, top up using oil brand that was The oil consumption will not stabilise until O il chang e, oi l filter cha ng e
used at last oil change. Observ e notes and the vehicle has been driven several C ha nge the oil at the displayed serv ice
lubricant chart on page 251. thousand miles. Only then can the ac tual interva ls.
ra te of consum ption b e estab lished .
Ca pacities – see p ages 285, 286. We recommend that you use g enuine
Vauxhall oil filters.
Used oil filters and empty oil containers

should not be disp osed of as domestic
refuse. We recomm end that y ou entrust
oil and oil filter changes to a Va ux ha ll
Authorised Repa irer, who is familiar with
legal requirem ents reg arding disposa l of
used oil and can thus help to p rotect
both the env ironment and your hea lth.
237

Diese l fue l filter Coolant
Check fuel filter for a ny w ater residue when During operation the system is pressurised.
each engine oil cha ng e tak es place. We The temp erature ma y therefore rise briefly
recom mend that y ou consult a Vauxhall to ov er 100 °C.
The glycol-ba sed coolant provides
Hav e filter checked at shorter intervals in exc ellent corrosion protection for the
the c ase of ex treme opera ting conditions heating and cooling systems as well as
suc h a s high humidity (prima rily in coastal anti-freeze protection down to ap prox .
areas), extremely high or low outside –28 ° C. I t rema ins in the cooling system
tem peratures and substantially varying throughout the year and need not b e
day tim e a nd nig ht-time tem peratures. cha ng ed.
Certain a ntifreezes ca n lead to engine
damage. Make sure that y ou are inform ed!
We therefore recom mend the use of
antifreezes that hav e b een approved by
Vauxhall. Anti -freeze a nd corrosion prot ect ion
Before the sta rt of the cold weather season,
Anti-freeze is a da nger to health; it must have the coolant checked for correct
therefore be kept in the original concentration using a calibrated
container and out of the reach of hydrometer. We recom mend that you
children. consult a Vaux ha ll Authorised Repairer.
The anti-freeze content must guarantee
frost protection down to approx. –28 °C.
An insufficient concentration will reduce
frost and corrosion protection. Add anti-
freeze if necessary.
If c oolant loss is topped up with wa ter,
have concentration checked and a dd anti-
freeze if necessary.
238

Top up anti-freeze. I f no anti-freeze is C ool ant temp era ture
available, top up w ith c lean tap water. If For physical reasons, the engine
tap water is unav ailable, distilled water temperature gauge shows the coolant
can be used. temperature only if the coolant level is
adequate.
After topping up w ith tap or distilled water,
ha ve the anti-freez e concentration During operation the system is pressurised.
checked, a nd anti-freeze added if The tem perature may therefore rise to ov er
necessary. H ave the cause of the coolant 100 ° C.
loss remedied. We recommend that you
If the temp erature g auge enters the red
zone, check the coolant level immediately.
When closing, tighten coola nt filler cap as
z Coolant level too low:
fa r as it will go.
Top up coolant, chec k coolant level.
Have the cause of coola nt loss remedied.
We recom mend that you consult a
Coola nt Lev el
Hardly any losses occur since the cooling z Coolant level O K:
system is sealed and it is thus rarely Have the cause of the inc reased coolant
necessary to top up the c oolant. temperature remed ied. We rec om mend
tha t you consult a Vauxhall Authorised
The c oolant in the compensation tank
Repairer.
should b e slightly above the mark
KALT / C OLD with the cooling sy stem cold .
It rises when the engine is warm and falls
again as it c ools. If it drops below the
marking in this case, it should be topped up
to a level just abov e the marking.
Allow engine to cool d ow n before

removing coola nt filler ca p. Remove filler
cap carefully so that p ressure can
escape slowly, otherwise there is a risk of
scalding.
239

Extreme cleanliness is im porta nt, since Windscreen wiper
brake fluid contam ination can lead to C lear v ision is essential for safe driving.
brake sy stem malfunctions.
Y ou should therefore perform regular
After correcting the brake fluid level, have checks on the windscreen wiper a nd
the cause of the loss rem edied. We hea dlight wiper system 3 to m ake sure
recommend that you consult a Va ux ha ll they are operating correc tly .
If the windsc reen is dirty, operate the
Brake fluid change screenwash b efore switching on the
Brake fluid is hygroscopic, i. e. it absorbs windscreen wiper or setting the wiper to
water. If the brak es become hot, such as automatic op eration with the rain sensor 3.
when driving on long downhill stretches, This will avoid wip er blad e wear.
vapour bubbles ca n oc cur in the water,
whic h can have an ex tremely ad verse Do not switch on the windscreen wiper or
set them to automatic operation with the
effect on brak ing power (depending on the
prop ortion of water). rain sensor 3 if the windscreen is iced up as
Brake fluid this could damage the wiper blades or the
The fluid change intervals specified in the wiper system.
Brak e fluid level Serv ic e Booklet must therefore be
If the wiper bec om es frozen on to the glass,
ob served.
Caution – brake fluid is poisonous and we rec om mend that they be released with
corrosive. Do not allow it to come into the aid of Vauxhall De-icer Spray .
We recommend that you have brak e
contact with ey es, sk in, fabric or painted fluid changed by a Vauxhall Authorised S mearing wiper blades c an be cleaned with
surfaces. Direct contact could cause
Repairer, who will be familiar with the a soft cloth and Vauxhall Wind screen
injury and damage. req uirements of the law as regards Wash Solvent.
disposal of brake fluid a nd can thus help
The fluid level in the reserv oir must b e Wiper blades whose lips have become
to protec t the env ironment and your
neither higher than the MAX m ark nor hardened, crack ed or covered with silicone
hea lth.
lower than the MIN mark. must be replac ed. This may be necessary
as a result of the effects of ic e, thawing salt
Use of some brake fluid s could c ause
or hea t, or the incorrect use of cleaning
dam age or im pair braking effectiveness.
agents.
Stay well informed. We recomm end that
you only use Vauxhall-approved high S witc h off w indscreen wiper or autom atic
performance brake fluid. wiper system w ith rain sensor 3 in ca r
washes – see pages 16, 246.
240

In order to ensure prob lem-free wind screen Wi per blad es on the wind sc reen Wiper bl ade on the rear wind ow 3
wiper operation, the windscreen wa sh Lift wiper arm. Move relea se lev er and Lift wiper arm. Disengage wiper blade as
system m ust be opera ted a t regular detach w ip er blad e. show n in the illustration, and remove.
intervals in vehicles with rain sensor 3.
Vehicles with rain sensor 3 can b e
recognised by the sensor area at the top of
the w indscreen.
241

The windscreen wash system and
headlight wash system w ill not freeze in
winter:
Frost protection M ix ture – Vauxhall

down to Windscreen Wash
S olv ent: Water
– 5 °C 1 :3
– 10 °C 1 :2
– 20 °C 1 :1
– 30 °C 2 :1
When closing the container, press the lid

firmly over the beaded ed ge a ll the way
round.
Winds creen and headlight wash
systems 3
Wind screen wash system and headlight
wash system reservoir filler nec k 3 in front
left of engine comp artm ent nex t to the
battery.
Fill only with clean w ater to prevent the
nozzles from clogging. To improve
cleaning efficiency, we recommend that
you add a little Vauxhall Wind screen Wash
Solvent.
242

Pa rk ing the vehicle for more than 4 weeks P rotecting ele ctronic components
can lead to battery discha rg ing. This m ay In order to prev ent faults in elec tronic
reduce the service life of the battery. components in the electrical system, never
Disconnect b attery from on-board power connect or d isconnect b attery w ith engine
supply by d isconnecting the negative running or ignition switched on. Nev er start
terminal. (Vauxhall alarm system 3 is then eng ine with battery disconnected, e. g.
disab led). when starting using jum p lead s.
Ensure that ignition is switched off before The battery m ust b e disconnected from the
connecting battery . Then perform the vehicle b efore b eing charged: first
following actions: disconnect the neg ativ e cable and then the
z Remove Radio block 3, see radio positive cable. The polarity of the battery ,
opera ting instructions. i.e. the connections for the positive and
neg ative cables, m ust not be
z Set date and time in inform ation
interchanged. When reconnecting , first
display – see page 42. connect the positiv e cab le and then the
Battery z Activate window electronics 3 – see neg ative cable.
The b attery is m aintenanc e-free. page 128.
Electronic ignition system s generate very
In order to prevent the battery from
We recom mend hav ing the battery hig h voltages. Do not touch the ignition
discharging, some consumers such as the
cha nge carried out by a Va ux hall sy stem; high voltage can b e fatal.
courtesy light autom atically switch off
Authorised Repairer, who will be fam iliar after approx . 30 minutes. To av oid damaging the vehic le, d o not
with the req uirements of the law as
ma ke a ny modifications to the electrical
regards disposal of old batteries a nd
system, e. g. c onnec ting additional
can thus help to protect the env ironment
consum ers or tampering with electronic
and your health.
control units (chip tuning).
Retro-fitted electric al or electronic
accessories can pla ce an additional loa d
on the b attery or even discharge the
battery. We recomm end tha t y ou consult a
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer regarding
tec hnical p ossibilities, such a s fitting a
more powerful battery.
243

Ve hicle decom mis sioning Vehicle storag e V ehicle recomm issioning
O bserve na tional regulations. z Park v ehicle in dry and well-ventilated O bserve national regulations.
premises. With manua l transmission,
If the vehicle is decomm issioned for several C arry out the following w ork before putting
eng age first gear or reverse gear and,
months, the follow ing work must be ca rried with automatic transmission 3, place a vehicle back on the road.
out in order to prevent damage. We
selector lever in position P. Place wheel z Connect ba ttery – see page 243.
recom mend that y ou consult a Vauxhall chocks or suchlike under w heels to
Authorised Repairer. z Check tyre pressure – see pa ge 274.
prevent v ehicle from rolling aw ay.
z Wash and preserve the vehicle – see z Fill up w indscreen wash system – see
z Do not apply handbrake.
page 246. page 242.
z Disconnect battery by disengaging
z Check preserv ation in engine z Check engine oil level – see p age 236.
neg ativ e terminal from vehicle electrical
com partment a nd on underbody a nd system – see page 243. z Check coolant level, topping up with
rectify where necessary . anti-freeze if necessary – see page 239.
z Clean and preserv e rubber seals on z Atta ch numb er plate.
bonnet and doors.
z Change engine oil – see page 237.
z Check anti-freeze and c orrosion
protection – see page 238.
z Check coolant level, topping up w ith
anti-freeze if necessary – see page 239.
z Empty windsc reen w ash system and
headlight wash system.
z Inc rease ty re pressure to value sp ecified
for m aximum load – see page 274.
244

Vehicle care Obtain adv ice from a Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer regarding cleaning materials tha t
V ehicle care aids 3
Vehicle wash:
ha ve b een tested a nd recomm ended by z Wa sh brush,
Vauxhall. z Shampoo,
When caring for your vehicle, observe all z Sponge,
na tional environm ental reg ulations, z Insect Removal S ponge,
particula rly when wa shing it. z Chamois.
Regular, thorough care helps to improve Vehicle care:
the appearance of your vehicle and z Paintwork Clea ner,
maintain its v alue over the y ears. It is a lso z Paintwork Polish,
a prerequisite for warranty claims for any z Metallic Paintwork Wax ,
paint or corrosion damag e. The following z Hard wa x,
pages contain tips for vehicle care which, if z Vauxhall Touch-Up Paint,
used properly , will help combat the z Vauxhall Touch-Up / Aerosol Paint,
unav oida ble d amaging effects of the z Wheel Preserver,
environment. z Tar Rem ov er,
z Insect Remover,
z Window Cleaner,
z Vauxhall Windscreen Wa sh S olv ent,
z Silicone O il for Rubber Sea ls,
z Cleaner.
245

Washing Clea n edges and folds on op ened doors P olishing
The paintwork of your v ehicle is exposed to and flaps as well a s the area s they cover. Polishing is necessary only if the pa int has
env ironmenta l influences, e. g. continuous Thoroughly rinse off and leather-off the become dull or if solid deposits hav e
changes in weather conditions, ind ustrial vehicle. Rinse leather frequently . Use become attached to it.
waste gases and dust or tha wing sa lts, so separate leathers for paint and w indow Paintwork polish with silicone forms a
wash and wax your v ehicle regularly. When surfaces: remnants of wax on the wind ow s protec tiv e film, making w axing
using a utoma tic car washes, select a will impair vision. unnecessary.
programme which includes wax ing.
Waxing Plastic body parts should not be treated
Bird droppings, dead insects, resin, pollen
with wax and polish.
and the like should be cleaned off Wax your vehicle regularly, in pa rticular
immediately , as they contain aggressive after it has been washed using shampoo Use Metallic Paintwork Wax on vehicles
constituents which can cause paint and at the latest when wa ter no longer with a metallic-effect paint finish.
dam age. forms beads on the pa intwork, otherwise
the paintwork will d ry out.
Please follow the wash sy stem
manufacturer’s instructions w hen using Also wax edg es a nd folds on op ened doors
wash systems. The wind screen wiper / and flaps as well a s the area s they cover.
automatic wiper with ra in sensor 3 and the
rea r w indow wiper 3 m ust be switched off;
see page 16. Unscrew the antenna rod 3
and the roof rac k 3, standing on the door
sill to make them easier to reach.
If y ou w ash y our v ehicle by hand, make
sure that the insides of the wing s a re also
thoroughly rinsed out.
246

Whe e ls Exte rior lights P lastic and rubber parts
Use a pH-neutral wheel cleaning agent to Head lig ht and other p rotective light bezels For additional clea ning of pla stic and
clean the wheels. are m ade of plastic. If they require rubber parts use Cleaner. Do not use a ny
additiona l cleaning after the vehicle has other a gent, and in particular do not use
Wheels are painted and can b e treated
been washed, clean them with Car solvents or petrol.
with the same agents as the body. For alloy
Shampoo. Do not use a ny abrasive or
wheels we recommend use of Alloy Wheel
Preserver. caustic a gents, do not use an ice scraper, Whe els and tyre s
and do not clea n them dry . Do not use high-pressure jet c leaners on
Paintwork damage wheels and tyres.
Repair small area s of p aint damage suc h
as stone impacts, scratches etc.
immediately using a Va ux ha ll touch-up
applicator or Vauxhall sp ra y and touch-up
paint before rust can form . If rust has
alrea dy formed, ha ve the c ause remedied.
We recommend that you consult a
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. Please also
pay attention to surfaces and edg es
beneath the v ehicle where rust ma y have
formed unnoticed for some time.
247

Interior and uphols tery Se at belts Windscreen wiper blades
Clean the v ehicle interior, includ ing the Alw ays keep seat belts clean and dry. S mearing wiper blades c an be cleaned with
instrument panel facia, using interior a soft cloth and Vauxhall Wind screen
Clea n only with luk ewarm water or C leaner.
cleaner. Wash Solvent, and rep la ced if necessary –
see page 241.
Clean fabric upholstery with a vacuum Windows
cleaner and b rush. For remova l of stains When cleaning the heated rear w indow,
use C leaner, which is suitable for both Locks
make sure that the hea ting element on the
fabrics and vinyl. Before they leave the factory, the locks are
inside of the window is not dama ged.
lubricated with a high-grade lock cy linder
Do not use cleaning agents such a s Use a soft lint-free c loth or cham ois leather grease. Vauxhall lock cylinder g rease
acetone, carb on tetrachloride, pa int in conjunction with Window C leaner and prevents the lock s from freezing up. Use
thinner, paint remover, nail varnish Insect Rem over. de-icing agents only in emerg encies, a s
rem ov er, washing powd er or bleach to they have a degreasing effect and w ill
Vauxhall Windscreen Wash Solvent is
clean fabrics, carpets, the facia or leather impa ir the functioning of the lock s. After
suitable for de-icing windows.
trim 3 in the vehicle interior. Benzine is also using de-icing a gents re-grease the lock s.
unsuitable. For mechanical rem oval of ice, use a
commerc ia lly availab le sharp-edg ed ice
scraper. Press the scraper firmly ag ainst
the glass so that no dirt c an get under it
and scra tch the glass.
248

Engine compartment An engine w ash ca n be p erformed in the C aution - c om mercially available
Engine compartment surfaces p ainted the spring in order to remov e dirt that has bitumen /rubber ma terials can d amage the
same colour as the v ehicle can be treated adhered to the engine comp artment, PVC coating. We rec om mend that you
the same as other pa inted surfaces. It is a whic h may also have a high salt content. have underbody work carried out by a
good idea to have the engine c om part- Check protectiv e w ax la yer and ma ke good Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. The
ment washed and wax ed before and after if necessary. Vauxhall Authorised Repairer knows the
winter. Cover the alternator and brake fluid Do not use high-pressure jet clea ners on prescribed materials and has experience in
reserv oir with plastic before c arry ing out an the use thereof.
wheels and tyres.
engine wash. The underbody should be washed
When washing the engine with a steam-jet Underbody following the end of the cold weather
cleaner, do not d irect the steam jet at Your vehicle has a factory-app lied PVC season to remov e any dirt adhering to the
components of the a ntilock brake sy stem, undercoating in the wheel arches underbody since this may also contain salt.
the a utoma tic air conditioning system or (including the longitudinal mem bers) which C heck p rotective wax c oa ting and , if
the b elt drive and its components. prov ides permanent protec tion and needs nec essary , have it restored to perfec t
no special maintenance. The surfaces of condition.
Protective wax tha t has been applied is
the vehicle underbody not covered by PVC
also remov ed d uring the engine wash. For Convertible folding top
are provided with a durable p rotective wax
this reason, have the engine, brake system
coating. The functioning, appearance and life of
components in the engine com partment,
On vehicles which are washed frequently in the folding top sun roof d epend to a large
axle components with steering, body parts
extent on correc t operation and ca re.
and ca vities thoroughly p reserved with autom atic car washes with underbody
protective wax after the wash. We washing facility, the protective wax C oa t all seals, such as on the roof and the
recom mend that y ou consult a Vauxhall coating may b e impaired by d irt-dissolv ing windscreen fra me, with silicone oil from
Authorised Repairer. additives, so check the underbody after time to time. A consta nt close conta ct
washing and ha ve it waxed if necessary . between the fine rubb er lips and the
Before the start of the cold weather season, sealing faces ensures a tight fit and low
check the PVC c oa ting a nd protective wax closing forces.
coating and, if necessary , have them
Do not open the folding top if it is wet, dirty
restored to perfect condition.
or iced-up.
249

Technical data
Vehicle docum ents, identification The identification plate is affixed to the

plate front right door fram e.
The tec hnical d ata is determined in Information on identification plate:
accordance with European C ommunity
standards. We reserve the right to make 1 Manufac turer
2 Type approval number
modifications. S pecifications in the vehic le
docum ents alwa ys have priority ov er those 3 Vehic le Id entific ation N umber
4 Permissible gross v ehicle weight
given in this manual.
5 Permissible gross train weight
6 Maximum permissib le front axle load
7 Maximum permissib le rear axle load
8 Vehic le-specific or country-specific da ta
In a different desig n version, the
identification plate may be on the right-
hand side in front of the ra diator.
250

Coolant, brake fluid, oils When using commercially available engine
When top ping up oils, as a matter of principle only those oils
– coolant, that meet the minimum q uality
– brake fluid, requirements specified in the following
– manual transmission oil table are perm issible.
we recomm end that you consult a Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer, who can advise you Eng ines Oils
on the correct p roducts to use. Petrol ACEA - A3
ACEA - A3/B3
Caution: Use of unsuita ble fluids can ca use
ACEA - A3/B3/B4
serious dam age to the vehic le.
ACEA - A5
Engine oils ACEA - A5/B5
We recomm end using Vauxhall eng ine oils
Diesel ACEA - B3
with the follow ing qualities and viscosities:
ACEA - A3/B3
AC EA A3/B3 SAE 0W-30 ACEA - A3/B3/B4
– or –
Ve hicle ide ntification data AC EA A3/B3 SAE 5W-40 O nly the following viscosity classes are
The Vehicle Identification Numb er (VIN) is – or –
permitted:
stamped on the identification plate (see AC EA A3/B3 S AE 10W-40 S AE 10 W-30 (or hig her than 30) or
previous pag e) and in the vehicle floor on
The range of application of the oil is S AE 5 W-30 (or higher than 30) or
the right-hand side under a cover between
dependent on the outside temperature – S AE 0 W-30 (or higher than 30).
the front passenger d oor a nd seat.
see d iagram on following page.
The ra ng e of app lic ation of the oil is
In other d esign variants, the identification
dependent on the outside temperature –
plate may also be a ffixed to the facia.
see diagram on following pa ge.
Engine identifier code a nd engine number:
Eng ine oils whic h are specifica lly
in petrol engines, stamped on the left-hand
designated for use in d iesel engines a re not
side of the engine on the engine block; in
suita ble for petrol engines.
diesel engines, stamped on the right-ha nd
side of the engine under the diesel injection If the oils mentioned here are not availab le
pump. in your country, follow the special
instructions in your service manual.
251

Inform ation on AC EA oil grade
cla ssific ation
The Association d es Constructeurs
Européens d’Automobiles classifies engine
oils according to their perform anc e
(quality).
Ea ch class is identified by letters and
numbers, e.g. A3:
The letter indicates the field of application:
A = Petrol eng ines in passenger cars
B = Diesel engines in passenger cars
E = Diesel engines in trucks
The number shows the quality in
numerically ascending order:
Informat ion on SAE oil vi sc osit y Do not sw itch to a different viscosity in the
Engine a nd transmission oils are grouped event of brief temp erature fluctuations.
in SAE classes b y the S oc iety of Automotive
A = S AE classes for petrol eng ines
Engineers b ased on their v iscosity.
B = S AE classes for diesel engines
Viscosity is the measure of interna l friction
of the oil in flux , dependent on its
temperature.
The SAE classification does not provide
information on the quality of the oil; it
merely indicates the range of application
of the oil dependent on the outside
temperature – see diagram.
The first number indicates v iscosity at low
temperatures (cold sta rt behaviour). The
second num ber indicates visc osity a t hig h
temperatures.
252

Engine data
Sales designation 1.4 1.6 1.6
Eng ine code Z 14 XE Z 16 SE Z 16 XE
Numb er of cylinders 4 4 4
Bore dia. (mm ) 77.6 79.0 79. 0
Stroke (mm) 73.4 81.5 81. 5

Piston displacement (cm 3) 1389 1598 1598
Max . engine outp ut (k W) 66 62 74

at rpm 6000 5400 6000
Torque (Nm ) 125 138 150

at rpm 4000 2600 3600
Com pression ratio 10.5 9.6 10. 5

O ctane requirement (RO N) 1 )
2) 2) 2)
unleaded 95 95 95
2) 2) 2)
or unleaded 98 98 98
or unleaded 91 2 )3) 91 2)3 ) 91 2)3 )
Max . permissible engine speed,

continuous operation (rpm) approx. 6400 6000 6400
O il consumption (l/1000 km) 0.6 0.6 0.6
1)
Stan da rd high-q uality fuels , e.g . unlea ded DIN EN 228; value p rinted in b old: reco mmend ed fuel.
2)
Kn ock contro l s ys tem a utoma tically a d jus ts ig nition tim ing a ccording to typ e o f fuel used (octa ne nu mber).
3)
Slight reduction in engine ou tp ut a nd to rq ue if 91 R ON is used .
253

Engine data
Sales designation 1.6 TWINPO RT 1.8 2.0 Turbo 2.2
Eng ine code Z 16 XEP Z 18 XE Z 20 LET Z 22 S E
Numb er of cylinders 4 4 4 4
Bore dia. (mm ) 79.0 80. 5 86. 0 86.0
Stroke (mm) 81.5 88. 2 86. 0 94.6

Piston displacement (cm 3) 1598 1796 1998 2198
Max . engine outp ut (k W) 76 92 14 7 108

at rpm 6000 5600 5600 5800
Torque (Nm ) 147 170 250 203

at rpm 3600 3800 1950 to 5300 4000
Com pression ratio 10.5 10. 5 8.8 10.0

O ctane requirement (RO N) 1 )
2) 2) 2)
unleaded 95 95 95 95 2 )
2) 2) 2)
or unleaded 98 98 98 98 2 )
or unleaded 91 2)3 ) 91 2)3 ) 91 2)4 ) 91 2 )3 )
continuous operation (rpm) approx. 6400 6400 6400 6500
O il consumption (l/1000 km) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
1)
Stan da rd high-q uality fuels , e.g . unlea ded DIN EN 228; value p rinted in b old: reco mmend ed fuel.
2)
Kn ock contro l s ys tem a utoma tically a d jus ts ig nition tim ing a ccording to typ e o f fuel used (octa ne nu mber).
3)
Slight reduction in engine ou tp ut a nd to rq ue if 91 R ON is used .
4)
If no un lea ded premium-g ra de fuels a re a vailab le, 91 R ON can b e used, taking ca re to avoid s evere engine loa ds a nd d riving a t full throttle, a s well
as d rivin g in mo untainou s terra in with a carava n / tra iler lo ad or la rg e pa ylo ad .
254

Engine data
Sales designation 1.7 DTI 1.7 CDTI 2.0 DTI 2.2 DTI
Eng ine code Y 17 DT Z 17 DTL Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR
Numb er of cylinders 4 4 4 4
Bore dia. (mm ) 79.0 79. 0 84. 0 84.0
Stroke (mm) 86.0 86. 0 90. 0 98.0

Piston displacement (cm 3) 1686 1686 1995 2172
1)
Max . engine outp ut (k W) 55 59/55 74 92 /861 )
at rpm 4400 4400 4 000 4000
Torque (Nm ) 165 170 230 280

at rpm 1800 to 3000 1800 to 2800 1 500 to 2500 1500 to 2750
Com pression ratio 18.4 18. 4 18. 5 18.5

Cetane requirement (CN) 2 ) 49 (D) 3) 49 (D) 3) 49 (D) 3) 49 (D) 3 )
continuous operation (rpm) approx. 5100 to 5300 5200 4950 to 5050 4920 to 5080
O il consumption (l/1000 km) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
1)
Design with reduced power for specific countries.
2)
Stan da rd high-q uality fuels , e.g . Diesel DIN EN 590; D = Diesel; value printed in bo ld : recom mend ed fuel.
3)
A lo wer va lue is pos sib le with w inter diesel fu els.
255

Pe rform ance (approx. ) , Saloon / Hatch
Eng ine 1 ) Z 14 XE Z 16 S E Z 16 XE Z 16 XEP
Max imum speed (mph; km/h) 2 )
5-speed ma nual transmission – 109; 175 – –
Sports transmission 112; 180 112; 180 117; 188 117; 188
Automatic transmission 104; 168 106; 170 111; 178 –
Eng ine 1 ) Z 18 XE Z 20 LET Z 22 S E Y 17 DT Y 17 DT (EC O)

5-speed ma nual transmission – – 133; 214 108; 173 111; 178
Sports transmission 127; 205 149; 240 – – –
Automatic transmission 123; 198 – 129; 208 – –
Eng ine 1 ) Z 17 D TL Z 17 DTL (EC O) Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR

2)
Max imum speed (mph; km/h)
5-speed ma nual transmission 108; 173 111; 178 117; 188 126; 203
Sports transmission – – – –
Automatic transmission – – 114; 183 –
Pe rform ance (approx. ) , Coupe

Eng ine 1 ) Z 16 XE Z 16 XEP Z 18 XE Z 20 LET Z 22 SE Y 22 DTR
5-speed ma nual transmission – – – – 135; 218 129; 207
Sports transmission 121; 195 121; 195 130; 210 152; 245 – –
Automatic transmission – – – – 132; 212 –
1)
2)
The ma xim um s peed is a ch ieva ble with a m aximum of h alf p ayloa d. Optiona l eq uipm ent m ay reduce th e specified m aximum speed of the vehicle.
256

Pe rform ance (approx. ) , Convertible
2)
Max imum speed (mph; km/h)
5-speed ma nual transmission – – – – 137; 216 127; 205
Sports transmission 118; 190 118; 190 129; 207 150; 242 – –
Automatic transmission – – – – 130; 210 –
Pe rform ance (approx. ) , Estate, Astravan

Eng ine 1 ) Z 14 XE Z 16 SE Z 16 XE
5-speed ma nual transmission – 107; 172 –
Sports transmission 109; 175 110; 177 114; 183
Automatic transmission 96; 163 104; 167 107; 173
Eng ine 1 ) Z 16 XEP Z 18 XE Z 20 LET Z 22 SE

5-speed ma nual transmission – – – 129; 208
Sports transmission 114; 183 124; 200 144; 231 –
Automatic transmission – 120; 193 – 125; 202
Eng ine 1 ) Y 17 DT Z 17 D TL Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR

5-speed ma nual transmission 104; 168 104; 168 114; 183 124; 200
Sports transmission – – – –
Automatic transmission – – 111; 178 –
1)
2)
The ma xim um s peed is a ch ieva ble with a m aximum of h alf p ayloa d. Optiona l eq uipm ent m ay reduce th e specified m aximum speed of the vehicle.
257

Fuel cons umption, The direc tiv e is oriented to actual driving The figures given m ust not be taken as a
CO2 e mis sions practices: Urban driv ing is rated at approx. guarantee for the actual fuel consumption
1/ and extra-urb an driving with approx . of a p artic ular vehicle.
Directive 80/1268/EEC (last c hanged 3
2/ (urban and extra-urban consum ption).
by 1999/100/EC) has applied for the 3 The calculation of fuel consumption as
measurement of fuel consumption Cold starts and acceleration phases are
spec ified by directive 1999/100/EC takes
since 1996. also tak en into consideration.
acc ount of the v ehicle’ s kerbweight,
The specification of CO 2 emission is also a ascertained in accordance with these
constituent of the directive. regula tions. O ptional extras ma y result in
slightly higher fuel consumption and CO 2
emission lev els than those quoted.
To conv ert l/100km into mp g, divide 282 by
number of litres/100km.
S aving fuel – see page 168.
258

Fuel cons umption (app rox . l/100 km) , CO2 emis sion (ap prox . g/km), 3-door Saloon
Eng ine 1 ) Z 14 XE Z 16 SE Z 16 XE Z 16 XEP
Manual/S ports/Automatic tra nsmission
Urb an – / 9.4/10.5 9.4/ 9.6/11.0 – / 9.4/10.4 –/ 8. 5/ –
Extra-urban – / 5.4/ 5.9 5.4/ 5.6/ 6. 1 – / 5.4/ 5.8 –/ 5. 3/ –
Combined – / 6.9/ 7.6 6.9/ 7.1/ 7. 9 – / 6.9/ 7.5 –/ 6. 5/ –
CO 2 – /165/ 182 165/170/ 189 – / 165/ 179 –/155/ –
Eng ine 1 ) Z 18 XE Z 20 LET Z 22 SE Y 17 DT Y 17 DT (ECO )

Urb an –/10.7/11.7 – /12. 5/ – –/11.7/11. 6 6. 0/–/– 5.9/–/–
Extra-urban –/ 5.8/ 6. 3 – / 6.8/ – –/ 6.0/ 6.5 3.8/–/– 3.5/–/–
Combined –/ 7.6/ 8. 3 – / 8.9/ – –/ 8.1/ 8.4 4. 6/–/– 4.4/–/–
CO 2 –/ 182/ 199 – / 214/ – –/ 194/ 201 124/–/– 118/–/–
Eng ine 1 ) Z 17 D TL Z 17 D TL (ECO ) Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR

Urb an 6.0/–/– 5.9/–/– 7. 5/–/ 8.9 8. 4/–/–
Extra-urban 3.8/–/– 3.5/–/– 4. 5/–/ 5.4 4. 6/–/–
Combined 4.6/–/– 4.4/–/– 5. 6/–/ 6.7 6. 0/–/–
CO 2 124/– /– 118/–/– 151/–/ 181 161/–/–
1)
259

Fuel cons umption (app rox . l/100 km) , CO2 e miss ion (approx . g/km) , 4-door and 5 -door Saloon
Eng ine 1 ) Z 14 XE Z 16 SE Z 16 XE Z 16 XEP
Urb an –/ 9.5/10.5 9.5/ 9.7/11.0 –/ 9. 5/10.4 –/ 8.6/ –
Extra-urban –/ 5.5/ 5. 9 5.5/ 5.7/ 6. 1 –/ 5. 5/ 5.8 –/ 5.4/ –
Combined –/ 7.0/ 7. 6 7.0/ 7.2/ 7. 9 –/ 7. 0/ 7.5 –/ 6.6/ –
CO 2 –/167/ 182 167/172/ 189 –/167/ 179 –/ 158/–
Eng ine 1 ) Z 18 XE Z 22 SE Y 17 DT Y 17 DT (EC O)

Urb an –/10.7/11.7 –/11.7/11. 6 6.0/–/– 5.9/– /–
Extra-urban –/ 5.8/ 6.3 –/ 6. 0/ 6.5 3.8/–/– 3.5/– /–
Combined –/ 7.6/ 8.3 –/ 8. 1/ 8.4 4.6/–/– 4.4/– /–
CO 2 –/ 182/ 199 –/ 194/ 201 124/–/– 118/–/–
Eng ine 1 ) Z 17 DTL Z 17 D TL (ECO ) Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR

Urb an 6.0/– /– 5.9/–/– 7.6/–/ 8.9 8.4/– /–
Extra-urban 3.8/– /– 3.5/–/– 4.6/–/ 5.4 4.6/– /–
Combined 4.6/– /– 4.4/–/– 5.7/–/ 6.7 6.0/– /–
CO 2 124/–/– 118/–/– 154/–/181 161/–/–
1)
260

Fuel cons umption (app rox . l/100 km) , CO2 e miss ion (approx. g/km) , Coupe
Urb an –/ 9.5/– – / 8.6/– – /10. 8/– –/12.4/– –/11.8/11. 9 8.4/–/ –
Extra-urban –/ 5.5/– – / 5.4/– – / 5.8/– –/ 6.7/– –/ 6. 1/ 6.7 4.6/–/ –
Combined –/ 7.0/– – / 6.6/– – / 7. 6/– –/ 8.8/– –/ 8. 2/ 8.6 6.0/–/ –
CO 2 –/ 167/– – / 158/– – / 182/– –/ 211/– –/ 197/ 206 161/– / –
Fuel cons umption (approx. l/100 k m) , CO2 e mis sion (approx. g/k m) , Conve rtible
Urb an –/ 9.7/– – / 8.8/– – /10. 8/– –/12.5/– –/11.8/12. 0 8.5/–/–
Extra-urban –/ 5.6/– – / 5.5/– – / 5.9/– –/ 6.8/– –/ 6. 1/ 6.8 4.7/–/–
Combined –/ 7.1/– – / 6.7/– – / 7.7/– –/ 8.9/– –/ 8. 2/ 8.7 6.1/–/–
CO 2 –/170/– – /161/– – / 184/– –/ 214/– –/ 197/ 209 164/– /–
1)
Sa les desig nation, see p ag es 253, 254.
261

Fuel cons umption (ap prox . l/100 km), CO2 e miss ion (app rox . g/km) , Estate
Eng ine 1 ) Z 14 XE Z 16 S E Z 16 XE
Urb an –/ 9. 5/10.6 9. 6/ 9.8/11. 0 – / 9.6/10.4
Extra-urban –/ 5. 7/ 6.0 5. 6/ 5.8/ 6.2 – / 5.7/ 5.9
Combined –/ 7. 1/ 7.7 7. 1/ 7.3/ 8.0 – / 7.1/ 7.6
CO 2 –/170/ 184 17 0/ 174/ 191 – /170/ 182
Engine 1) Z 16 XEP Z 18 XE Z 20 LET Z 22 SE

Urb an – / 8.7/ – –/10.8/11. 7 –/12.7/– – /11. 7/11.8
Extra-urban – / 5.5/ – –/ 5.9/ 6.4 –/ 7.0/– – / 6. 1/ 6.7
Combined – / 6.7/ – –/ 7.7/ 8.4 –/ 9.1/– – / 8. 2/ 8.6
CO 2 – /160/ – –/ 184/ 201 –/ 219/– – / 196/ 206
Eng ine 1 ) Y 17 DT Z 17 DTL Z 17 DTL (EC O) Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR

Urb an 6.1/–/– 6.1/–/– 6.0/–/– 7.7/– / 9.0 8.5/–/–
Extra-urban 3.9/–/– 3.9/–/– 3.6/–/– 4.8/– / 5.6 4. 8/–/–
Combined 4.7/–/– 4.7/–/– 4.5/–/– 5.9/– / 6.9 6.2/–/–
CO 2 127/– /– 127/–/– 121/–/– 158/– /186 166/–/–
Fuel cons umption (ap prox . l/100 km) , CO2 e mis sion (a pprox. g/km) , Astravan
Eng ine 1 ) Z 16 S E Y 17 DT Z 17 DTL Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR
Urb an 9.6/ 9.8/11.0 6.1/–/– 6.1/–/– 7.7/– / 9.0 8.5/–/–
Extra-urban 5.6/ 5.8/ 6. 2 4.0/–/– 4.0/–/– 4.8/– / 5.6 4. 8/–/–
Combined 7.1/ 7.3/ 8. 0 4.8/–/– 4.8/–/– 5.9/– / 6.9 6.2/–/–
CO 2 170/ 174/ 191 1 29/–/– 129/–/– 158/– /186 166/–/–
262

1)
Sa les desig nation, see p ag es 253, 254, 255 . The combined total of front a nd rear ax le The permissib le roof load on the saloon /
loa ds (see vehicle d oc um ents or hatch, coupe, estate and Astravan is
Weights, payload and roof load identification plate) must not ex ceed the 100 k g. The roof load consists of the weight
The p ayload is the difference between the
permissib le gross vehicle weight, i.e. if the of the roof rack plus the load carried.
permitted g ross vehicle weight (see front ax le load is being fully utilized, the
identification plate, page 250) and the EC Driving hints – see page 166.
rear ax le load must not be loaded such
kerbweight. that the gross v ehicle weight rating is
To ca lc ulate the kerbweight, enter the data exc eeded.
for your vehicle below:
The max imum rear axle load (for
z Kerb weight from information see type plate or vehicle
Ta ble 1, docum ents) may b e exceeded by no more
pages 264 to 272 + ... ..... .... .. kg
than 75 kg with tra iler hitched a nd towed
z Ad ditional w eight of vehicle fully loaded , including all
equipment version from oc cup ants. I f the permitted rear ax le load
Ta ble 2, p age 273 + ... ..... .... .. kg is exceeded a maxim um sp eed of
z Weight of heavy 62 mp h (100 km/h) a pplies. If national
maximum speed s a re prescribed when
accessories from
using trailers, they must be complied with.
Ta ble 3, p age 273 + ... ..... .... .. kg
See the identification plate or v ehicle
The total = ... ..... .... .. kg
docum ents for permissib le ax le loads.
is the EC k erbweight.
O ptional equipment and accessories
increase the kerbweight, w hich means that
the p ayload will also change slig htly.
Note the weights given in the vehicle
documents.
263

Weights (kg) : Table 1, Ke rbweight 1), Saloon / Hatch
Model Engine 2) 3-door 4-door 5-door
M anual Automatic Ma nual Automatic Manual Autom atic
transmission transmission transmission transmission transmission transmission
Astra Z 14 XE 1163 1183 1195 1215 1195 1215
Z 16 SE 1163 1183 1195 1215 1195 1215

Z 16 XE 1163 1183 1205 1225 1205 1225
Z 16 XEP 1163 1183 1205 1225 1205 1225

Z 18 XE 1215 1235 1235 1255 1235 1255
Z 22 SE 1255 1275 1275 1278 1275 1278

Y 17 DT, Z 17 DTL 1260/12703 ) – 1280/1290 3 ) – 1280/1290 3) –
Y 20 DTH 1278 1298 1320 1340 1320 1340
Y 22 DTR 1310 – 1330 – 1330 –
1)
According to EC D irective, inclu ding ass umed weights for d river (68 kg), lugg ag e (7 kg ) a nd a ll flu id s (ta nk 9 0 % fu ll).
2)
3)
Eq uipm ent va ria nt Elega nce.
264

Weights (kg): Table 1, Kerbweight1 ), Saloon / Hatch
Model Eng ine2 ) 3-door 4-d oor 5-door
Ma nual Automatic Manual Automatic Manual Autom atic
transmission transmission transmission transmission transmission transmission
Astra Z 14 XE 1183 1203 1215 1235 1215 1235
wi th air Z 16 S E 1183 1203 1215 1235 1215 1235
condit ioning
or aut om atic air Z 16 XE 1183 1203 1225 1245 1225 1245
condit ioning )
Z 16 XEP 1183 1203 1225 1245 1225 1245
Z 18 XE 1235 1255 1255 1275 1255 1275
Z 22 S E 1275 1295 1295 1298 1295 1298

Y 17 DT, Z 17 DTL 1280/1290 3 ) – 1300/1310 3 ) – 1300/1310 3) –
Y 20 DTH 1298 1318 1340 1360 1340 1360
Y 22 DTR 1330 – 1350 – 1350 –
Astra LS Y 17 DT (ECO) 1260 – 1280 – 1280 –
wi th air Y 17 DT (ECO) 1280 – 1300 – 1300 –
condit ioning
1)
2)
3)
265

Weights (kg): Table 1, Kerbweight1 ), Saloon / Hatch
Model Engine 2 ) 3-door 5-door
Manual Autom atic Manual Autom atic
transm ission transmission transm ission transmission
Astra S Xi , SRi, Z 14 XE, Z 16 S E 1173 – 1205 –
Astra GS i
Z 16 XE, Z 16 XEP 1173 – 1225 –
Z 18 XE 1225 – 1245 –
Z 22 S E 1265 – 1285 –
Y 17 DT, Z 17 DTL 1270 – 1290 –
Y 20 DTH 1288 – 1330 –

Y 22 DTR 1320 – 1340 –
Astra S Xi , SRi, Z 14 XE, Z 16 S E 1193 – 1225 –
Astra GS i,
Z 16 XE, Z 16 XEP 1193 – 1235 –
wi th air cond itioning Z 18 XE
1245 – 1265 –
or aut om atic air
condit ioning Z 20 LET 1325 – – –
Z 22 S E 1285 – 1305 –
Y 17 DT, Z 17 DTL 1290 – 1310 –
Y 20 DTH 1308 – 1350 –

Y 22DTR 1340 – 1360 –
1)
2)
266

Weights (kg): Table 1, K erbwe ight1) , Estate
Model Engine 2) Estat e
Manual Autom atic
transmission transm ission
Astra Z 14 XE 1235 1255
Z 16 SE 1235 1255
Z 16 XE 1245 1265
Z 16 XEP 1245 1265

Z 18 XE 1275 1278
Z 22 SE 1278 1298
Y 17 DT, Z 17 DTL 1320/1335 3 ) –
Y 20 DTH 1360 1380
Y 22 DTR 1370 –
1)
2)
3)
267

Weights (kg): Table 1, Kerbweight1 ), Estate
Manual Autom atic
Astra Z 14 XE 1255 1275
wi th air cond itioning or Z 16 SE 1255 1275
autom atic air
condit ioning Z 16 XE 1265 1285
Z 16 XEP 1265 1285

Z 18 XE 1295 1298
Z 22 SE 1298 1318
Y 17 DT, Z 17 DTL 1340 –
Y 20 DTH 1380 1400
Y 22 DTR 1390 –
Astra LS Y 17 DT (ECO ), Z 17 DTL (ECO ) 1320 –
wi th air cond itioning Y 17 DT (ECO ), Z 17 DTL (ECO ) 1340 –
1)
2)
268

Weights (kg): Table 1, Kerbweight1 ), Estate
Manual Autom atic
Astra S Xi , SRi, Z 14 XE, Z 16 SE 1245 –
Astra GS i
Z 16 XE, Z 16 XEP 1255 –
Z 18 XE 1285 –
Z 22 SE 1288 –
Y 17 DT, Z 17 DTL 1330 –
Y 20 DTH 1370 –
Y 22 DTR 1380 –
Astra S Xi , SRi, Z 14 XE, Z 16 SE 1265 –
Astra GS i
Z 16 XE, Z 16 XEP 1275 –
wi th air cond itioning
or aut om atic air Z 18 XE 1305 –
condit ioning
Z 20 LET 1415 –
Z 22 SE 1308 –
Y 17 DT, Z 17 DTL 1350 –
Y 20 DTH 1390 –
Y 22 DTR 1400 –
1)
2)
269

Weights (kg): Table 1, Kerbweight1 ), Coupe
Model Engine 2) Coupe
Manual Autom atic
Coup e Z 16 XE 1240 –
Z 16 XEP 1240 –
Z 18 XE 1270 –
Y 22 DTR 1385 –
Coup e Z 16 XE 1260 –
wi th air cond itioning Z 16 XEP 1260 –
or aut om atic air
condit ioning Z 18 XE 1290 –
Z 20 LET 1370 –
Z 22 SE 1330 1350
Y 22 DTR 1400 –
1)
2)
270

Weights (kg): Table 1, Kerbweight1 ), Convertible
Model Engine 2) Converti ble
Manual Autom atic
Conv ert ible Z 16 XE 1350 –
Z 16 XEP 1350 –
Z 18 XE 1380 –
Z 22 SE 1393 1413
Y 22 DTR 1505 –
Conv ert ible Z 16 XE 1370 –
wi th air cond itioning Z 16 XEP 1370 –
or aut om atic air
condit ioning Z 18 XE 1400 –
Z 20 LET 1475 –
Z 22 SE 1413 1433
Y 22 DTR 1520 –
1)
2)
271

Weights (kg) : Table 1, Kerbweight 1 ), Astravan
Model Engine 2) Astrava n
Manual Autom atic
Astrav an, Z 16 SE 1175 1195
Sp or tive
Y 17 DT 1260 –
Y 20 DTH 1300 1320
Y 22 DTR 1310 –
Astrav an Z 16 SE 1195 1215
wi th air cond itioning Y 17 DT 1280 –
Y 20 DTH 1320 1340
Y 22 DTR 1330 –
1)
2)
272

Weights (kg): Table 2, Additional we ight of e quipme nt versions
Sal oon
Eng ine 1 ) Z 14 XE Z 16 SE Z 16 XE Z 16 XEP Z 18 XE
Active, SXi, S Ri 12 12 12 12 6
Elegance 35 35 35 35 25
Eng ine 1 ) Z 20 LET Z 22 SE Y 17 DT Z 17 DTL Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR
Active, SXi,S Ri – 6 23 23 6 6
Elegance – 25 35 35 25 25
Est ate
Active, SXi, S Ri 16 16 16 16 10
Elegance 35 35 35 35 25
Active, SXi, S Ri – 10 27 27 10 10
Elegance – 25 35 35 25 25
Weights (kg): Table 3, Heavy access ories

Accessories S un r oof Hea dlight wash system Towing eq ui pment
Weight 18 8 22
1)
273

Tyres Ty re size 195/65 R 15 is not permitted for Tyre chains are not permitted on tyre siz es
Restricti ons use as winter tyres on Astra Estate LS. 215/40 R 17, 215/45 R 17 and 225/35 R 18.
Not a ll tyres ava ila ble on the market Using winter tyres 3 tog ether with a spa re S now cha ins may only be used on tyres of
currently meet the structural requirem ents. wheel fitted with a summer tyre: If you use size 165/80 R 14 on the Astra Saloon LS .
We recommend that you consult a the spare wheel, the v ehicle’ s handling
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer concerning may be a ltered. Ob tain a repla cement for
suitab le tyre mak es. the faulty tyre as soon a s p ossible, and
Whe els
These ty res have und ergone special tests ha ve the wheel balanced and fitted to the
Wheel bolt tightening torque: 110 Nm.
to establish their reliab ility , safety and vehicle.
specific suitability for Vaux hall vehicles. O n vehicles with alloy wheels 3 the spa re
Further inform ation – see page 187.
Despite continuous ma rk et monitoring, we wheel m ay have a steel rim.
are unab le to assess these attributes for Tyre chains The spare wheel ma y have a smaller tyre
other tyres, ev en if they hav e been g ra nted Restri ctions and a sm aller rim: using the sp are wheel
approva l by the relevant authorities or in Use of snow cha ins is only permitted on ma y cause d ifferent driving behaviour.
som e other form. front ax le wheels. Snow cha ins are not Replace d efectiv e tyre as soon as possible,
Further information – see pa ge 184. permitted on tem pora ry spare w heel 3. bala nce wheel and hav e it fitted to the
v ehicle.
The use of tyre chains on ty re size
Winter tyre s 205/50 R 16 is not permissible ex cept for
Tyres of size 205/50 R 16 are not Tyre inflation pressure s in bar 3)
vehicles w ith a pproval1) for ty res of type
permissible for use as winter tyres (M+ S The specified ty re pressures are valid for
215/40 R 17 or 215/45 R 17, only fine-link
tyres) except for vehicles with approval1 ) cold ty res. The increased ty re pressure
9 mm tyre chains are p ermissible on the
for ty res of type 215/40 R 17 or 215/45 R 17. resulting from ex tensiv e d riv ing must not
conv ertible without app rov al1) of ty re size
be red uced. The specified pressures apply
O n coupe and conv ertible, tyre size 215/40 R 17.
to both summer and winter ty res.
205 50 R 16 is p ermitted for use as winter For convertib les with engine Y 22 DTR2) ,
tyres (M+ S tyres). Further information – see pa ges 184 to 187.
tyre c hains are not permitted on tyre size
Tyre siz es 215/40 R 17, 215/45 R 17 and 205/50 R 16.
225/35 R 18 are not p ermitted for use as
winter ty res (M+S tyres).
Tyre siz e 175/80 R 14 is not perm itted for
use as winter ty res on Astra Saloon LS .
1)
See COC (Certifica te o f conformity) or vehicle
2) 3)
docum ents . Sales d esigna tion , see pa ge 255. 1 ba r corresp on ds to 100 kPa .
274

(ctd.) Saloon Ty re inflation Tyre inflation
pressure with up pressure with
Tyre inflation pressure to 3 p ersons full load
(excess pre ssure) in bar/psi
Engine1 ) Ty res Front Rear Front Rear
Z 14 XE, 175/70 R 14, 2.2/32 1.9/28 2. 4/35 2.8/41

Z 16 S E 185/65 R 14,
185/65 R 15,
195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
Z 16 XE, Z 16 XEP 185/65 R 14, 2.2/32 1.9/28 2. 4/35 2.8/41

185/65 R 15,
195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2) , 2.0/29 1.8/26 2. 3/33 2.7/39

215/40 R 17
1)
Sales d esigna tion , see pa ges 25 3, 254, 255.
2)
Only us e tyres of size 21 5/40 R 17 o r 215/45 R 17 o n a uthorised vehicles; s ee COC (Certificate of
Conformity) or vehicle d ocumen ts.
275

Z 18 XE 195/60 R 15, 2.2/32 1.9/28 2. 4/34 2.8/41

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2) , 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 5/36 2.9/42

215/40 R 17
Z 20 LET 205/50 R 16, 2.6/38 2.4/35 2. 7/39 3.1/45

215/40 R 17 3 )
Z 22 S E 195/60 R 15, 2.4/34 2.1/30 2. 5/36 2.9/42

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2), 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 5/36 2.9/42

215/40 R 17
1)
2)
3)
R ecom mend ed : D unlop SP 8000 E.
276

Y 17 DT, 175/70 R 14, 2.4/35 2.1/30 2. 5/36 2.9/42

Z 17 DTL 185/65 R 14,
185/65 R 15,
195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2) , 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 5/36 2.9/42

215/40 R 17
Y 17 DT (EC O) 165/80 R 14 M +S, 2.8/41 2.5/36 3. 0/44 3.4/49

175/80 R 14
Y 20 DTH 185/65 R 15, 2.4/35 2.1/30 2. 5/36 2.9/42

195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2), 2.4/35 2.2/32 2. 7/39 3.1/45

215/40 R 17
Y 22 DTR 185/65 R 15 M +S, 2.5/36 2.2/32 2. 6/38 3.2/46

195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2), 2.4/35 2.2/32 2. 7/39 3.1/45

215/40 R 17
1)
2)
Only use tyres of size 215 /40 R 17 or 21 5/45 R 17 on a uth orised vehicles; see COC (Certifica te
of Conform ity) o r vehicle d ocuments.
277

(ctd.) Coupe Ty re inflation Tyre inflation
Z 16 XE, Z 16 XEP 195/60 R 15, 2.0/29 1.8/26 2. 2/32 2.6/38

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16
Z 18 XE 195/60 R 15, 2.2/32 1.9/28 2. 3/33 2.7/39

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16,
215/40 R 17 2 )
1)
2)
R ecom mend ed: D unlop SP 8000 E.
278

(ctd.) Coupe Tyre inflation Tyre inflation
Tyre inflation pressure to 3 persons full load
Engine1 ) Tyres Front Rear Front Rear
Z 20 LET 205/50 R 16, 2. 5/36 2. 3/33 2. 7/39 3. 1/45

215/40 R 172 )
Z 22 S E 195/60 R 15, 2. 3/33 2. 1/30 2. 5/36 2. 9/42

185/65 R 15 M+S,
205/50 R 16,
215/40 R 172 )
Y 22 DTR 195/60 R 15, 2. 5/36 2. 3/33 2. 7/39 3. 1/45
205/50 R 16,
215/40 R 172 )
Coupe wit h 215/ 40 R 17 t yres: Tyre inflation

pressure
Engine Tyres
all ex cept Z 20 LET Temporary spa re 3) 195/60 R 15 3. 0/44
Z 20 LET Spare 4) 205/50 R 16 3. 4/49
1)
2) Recommend ed: Dunlop S P 8000 E.
3)
N ote, s ee pa ge 204.
279

(ctd.) Convertib le Ty re inflation Tyre inflation
Tyre inflation pressure to 3 p ersons full loa d
Z 16 XE, Z 16 XEP 195/60 R 15, 2.0/29 1.8/26 2.2/32 2.6/38

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16
Z 18 XE 195/60 R 15, 2.2/32 1.9/28 2.3/33 2.7/39

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16,
215/40 R 17 2 )
Z 20 LET 205/50 R 16, 2.5/36 2.3/33 2.8/41 3.2/46

215/40 R 17 2 )
Z 22 S E 195/60 R 15; 2.3/33 2.1/30 2.5/36 2.9/42

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16,
215/40 R 17 2 )
Y 22 DTR 195/60 R 15, 2.6/38 2.4/35 2.7/39 3.1/45

205/50 R 16,
215/40 R 17 2 )
1)
2)
R ecom mend ed: D unlop SP 8000 E.
280

(ctd.) Estat e, Ty re inflation Tyre inflation
Ast rava n pressure with up pressure with
Z 14 XE, 175/70 R 14, 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 3/33 3.2/46

Z 16 S E 185/65 R 14,
185/70 R 14,
185/65 R 15,
195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
1)
Sales d esigna tion , see pa ges 25 3, 254.
281

Z 16 XE, Z 16 XEP 185/65 R 14, 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 3/33 3.2/46

185/65 R 15,
175/70 R 14 M +S,
195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2) , 2.0/29 1.8/26 2. 3/33 2.7/39

215/45 R 17
Z 18 XE 195/60 R 15, 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 3/33 3.2/46

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2), 2.0/29 1.8/26 2. 3/33 2.7/39

215/45 R 17
Z 20 LET 205/50 R 16 2 ), 2.3/33 2.1/30 2. 4/35 2.6/38

215/45 R 17 3 )
Z 22 S E 195/60 R 15, 2.3/33 2.1/30 2. 5/36 3.4/49

185/65 R 15 M +S,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2), 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 5/36 2.9/42

215/45 R 17
1)
2)
3)
R ecom mend ed : M ichelin Pilo t Sp ort.
282

Y 17 DT, 175/70 R 14, 2.3/33 2.1/30 2. 5/36 3.4/49

Z 17 DTL 185/65 R 14,
185/70 R 14,
195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2) , 2.0/29 1.8/26 2. 3/33 2.7/39

215/45 R 17
Z 17 DTL (EC O) 195/65 R 15, 2.8/41 2.8/41 2. 8/41 3.4/49

175/70 R14 (M+S ),
185/65 R 14 (M+ S),
195/60 R 15 (M+ S)
Y 20 DTH 185/65 R 15, 2.3/33 2.1/30 2. 5/36 3.4/49

195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2), 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 5/36 2.9/42
215/45 R 17
Y 22 DTR 185/65 R 15 (M+ S), 2.4/35 2.2/32 2. 6/38 3.5/51
195/60 R 15,
205/50 R 16
205/50 R 16 (M+ S) 2), 2.2/32 2.0/29 2. 5/36 2.9/42

215/45 R 17
1)
2)
283

Electrical system
Battery Voltage 12 Volt
Amp hours 44 Ah / 55 Ah 3 / 66 Ah 3 / 70 Ah 3
Battery for rad io frequency remote control CR 20 32
284

Capacities (app rox . in litres)
Cooling system in vehic les with manua l tra nsmission

without air conditioning 6.3 5.9 6. 3 6.3 6. 5
with air cond itioning 6.6 6.2 6. 6 6.6 6. 8
Cooling system in vehicles w ith a utomatic

transm ission
without air conditioning 6.2 5.8 6. 2 6.2 6. 4
with air cond itioning 6.5 6.1 6. 5 6.5 6. 7
Fuel tank (nominal content) 52 52 52 52 52

Engine oil with filter change 3.5 3.5 3. 5 4,0 4. 25
Engine oil betw een MIN a nd MAX

on d ip stick 1.0 1.0 1. 0 1.0 1. 0
Fluid container for wind screen wash system 2.3 2.3 2. 3 2.3 2. 3
with headlight wash system 4.5 4.5 4. 5 4.5 4. 5
1)
285

Capacities (app rox . in litres)
Cooling system in vehicles w ith m anual tra nsmission

without air conditioning – 6. 8 7.1 7.1 7. 9 7.9
with air cond itioning 7.4 7. 1 7.1 7.1 7. 9 7.9
Cooling system in vehicles w ith a utomatic

transm ission
without air conditioning – 6. 6 – – – –
with air cond itioning – 6. 9 – – – –
Fuel tank (nominal content) 52 52 52 52 52 52

Engine oil with filter change 4.25 5. 0 4.5 4.5 5. 5 5.5
Engine oil betw een MIN a nd MAX

on d ip stick 1.0 1. 0 1.0 1.0 1. 0 1.0
Fluid container for wind screen wash system 2.3 2. 3 2.3 2.3 2. 3 2.3
with headlight wash system 4.5 4. 5 4.5 4.5 4. 5 4.5
1)
286

Dimensions (mm)
3-d oor 4-door C oupe Convertib le Esta te Astra van
and 5-door Sal oon
Hatch
Length 4110 4252 4267 4267 4288 4288
Width 1709 1709 1709 1709 1709 1709
Width with two ex terior mirrors 1967 1967 1967 1967 1967 1967
Height 1425 1425 1390 1390 1465/1510 1) 1475/1520 1)
Wheelb ase 2606 2606 2606 2606 2611 2611
Turning circle diam eter, wall to wall2 ) 11.00/11. 50 3) 11. 00 11.00/11.50 4 ) 11.00/11.50 3) 11. 00 11.00
1)
With ro of rail.
2)
In metres.
3)
Veh icles with engine Z 20 L ET or tyres 215/40 R 17; Sales d esig na tion , s ee pa ge 254.
4)
All excep t vehicles with en gine Z 16 XE, Z 16 X EP ; Sa les desig nation, see p ag es 253, 254.
287

Mounting dim ens ions of
caravan/trailer towing equipment
with re movable coupling ball bar,
3-door and 5-door hatch
All dimensions refer to fac tory -fitted
towing equipm ent.
Dimension mm
A ±10
788
B 283
C 210; 130
D 80
E 12
F 5
G 50
H 512
I 487
We recom mend hav ing tow ing

equipment retro-fitted by a Vauxhall
Trailers may not be used on vehicles with

Z 20 LET 1) engine.
1)
Sa les desig nation, see p ag e 254.
288

4-door Saloon, Coupe, Conve rtible
towing equipm ent.
Dimension mm
±10
A 918
B 283
C 210; 130
D 130
E 12
F 5
G 50
H 512
I 487

289

Estate
towing equipm ent.
Dimension mm
±10
A 958
B 260
C 236
D 116.5
E 92.6
F 332.5
G 356.7
H 331.7
I 515
J 495
K 5
L 10
M 50

290

291

Index A
AB S (Anti-lock Brake System ).. ..... .... .... 183
Anti-theft protection .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 22
Aquaplaning.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 186
Ac cessories. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 96, 119, 200 Ashtray .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 78, 123
Ac cessory socket ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 77 Automatic anti-dazz le interior mirror.. .... . 8
Air conditioning system ... .... .... ..... .... .... 147 Automatic transm ission.. .... ..... .... ... 20, 161
Air intak e.... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 143, 149, 160 Control indica tor. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 162
Air recirculation system .... .... . 143, 149, 158 Driv ing programme ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 162
Air vents . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 144, 150 Fault .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 164
Airba gs... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 86 Interruption of p ow er supply ... ..... .... 165
Ala rm .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 65 Kickd ow n.... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 163
Alterna tor ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 30 Selector lev er... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 20
Anti-corrosion service.. ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 234 Winter programme. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 163
Anti-freeze . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 238 Automatic wiping ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 16
Anti-freeze protection. ..... .... .... ..... 238, 242
Anti-knock q ua lity of fuel .... .... ..... .... .... 170
O ctane number.... .... ..... .... .... ..... 253, 254
Anti-theft alarm sy stem ... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 63
Anti-theft lock
Alloy wheels .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 207
Anti-theft locking system . .... .... ..... .... ..... . 60
Towing equip ment .. ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 190
292

B C C ontrol indicator
Battery ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 167, 243, 284 Capacities .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 285, 286 ABS (Anti-lock Brake Sy stem).. ..... .... 183
Interrup tion of Car Pass . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... ... 4 Airb ag .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 91
power supply .... .... ..... .... 37, 60, 128, 165 Care .... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 245 Belt tensioners .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 83
Before sta rting off ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 21 Catalytic conv erter .. .... ..... .... . 172, 175, 195 Engine elec tronics... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 174
Belt tensioners. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 82 Central lock ing sy stem ..... .... .... ..... .... 56, 58 ESP (Electronic Stab ility Sy stem) .. .... 177
Bleeding, d iesel fuel system.. .... .... ..... ... 195 Centre console lighting .... .... .... ..... .... .... 122 Exhaust... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 174
Bonnet ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 66 Changing the Immobiliser. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 55
Brake system ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 181 remote control battery ... .... .... ..... .. 57, 284 Tra nsmission ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 162
Brakes. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 181 Changing tyre/wheel typ e ... .... ..... .... .... 184 C ontrol indicators... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... 12, 28
ABS .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 183 Changing wheels ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 205 C onvertible folding top ... .... ..... .... ..... .... 131
Bra ke fluid ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 240, 251 Check control .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 26, 44 C oolant . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 238
Bra ke lig hts.. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 225 Child restraint sy stems ..... .... .... . 96, 98, 119 C oolant level .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 239
Bra ke servo unit ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 166 Child safety lock s..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 54, 127 C oolant tempera ture display .. .... ..... .... .. 35
Foot brake ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 181 Cigarette lighter . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 77, 123 C oolant therm ometer ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 35
Hand brake . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 182 Clock ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 34 C orrecting time... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 43
Bulb replacem ent .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 218 Clutch operation. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 167 C oupling socket load . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 192
Bulbs ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 119, 218 CO 2 emissions . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 258 C ourtesy light ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 122
Code num bers .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... ... 4 C ourtesy lights
Cold start ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 167 Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... . 230, 231
Colour information display .. .... ..... .... ..... . 37 C ruise control. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 179
C urtain airbag s .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 89
293

D E F
Data .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .. 55, 250 Economical driving .. .... ..... .... .... ..... 166, 168 Fan .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 142, 147, 148, 235, 236
Date .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .... 42, 43 Elec tric windows . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 126 Fault warning s.... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 44
Date disp la y .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 36 Elec trica l sy stem . ..... .... ..... .... . 214, 243, 283 Filling station
Daytime running lig hts . .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 120 Elec tronic air conditioning system ... .... 154 Capac ities .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 285, 286
Dec om missioning .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 244 Elec tronic com ponents ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 243 Engine oil level .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 236
Dem isting and Defrosting Elec tronic imm obiliser . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 55 Fuel .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ... 170, 253, 254, 255
With the air conditioning system ... ... 151 Elec tronic S tability Program .... ..... .... .... 177 Ignition k ey ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... . 4
Dem isting and defrosting Engine c od e .... .... ..... .... . 251, 253, 254, 255 Opening the bonnet .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 66
Windows .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 146 Engine c ontrol indicator... .... .... ..... .... .... 174 Tyre inflation pressure .... ..... .... . 169, 274
With the elec tronic air conditioning Engine oil .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 236, 252 Vehic le da ta .... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 251
system .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 156 Engine oil c hange .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 237 Windscreen wash sy stem ..... .... ..... .... 242
Diesel fuel filter .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 238 Engine oil c onsumption.... .... .... ..... .... .... 236 First-aid kit . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 119, 200
Diesel fuel system .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 195, 238 Engine oil filter .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 237 Flat tyre. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 210
Dimensions.. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 287 Engine oil level .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 236 Fluid conta iner,
Dipped beam .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .. 14, 120 Engine speed .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 167 w indscreen wash system .. ..... .... ..... .... 242
Bulb replacement. ..... .... ..... .... .... 219, 223 Engine w ash .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 249 Fog lights ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 120
Display ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 36 Environmental protection .... .... ..... 237, 245 Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 224
Door locks.... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .. 54, 248 ESP (Electronic Stab ility Prog ra m).... .... 177 Fog tail light
Driving abroad ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 170 Exhaust control indicator . .... .... ..... .... .... 174 Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 225
Headlights ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 124 Exhaust gases . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 175 Fog tail lights. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 120
Toll system s. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 52 Exhaust sy stem ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 175 Folding top .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 131
Driving hints .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 166 Exterior mirrors ... ..... .... ..... . 8, 119, 146, 152 Foot brake . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 181
Front p assenger airbag .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 86
Fuel .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ... 170, 253, 254, 255
Fuel consum ption ... .... ..... .... .. 168, 170, 258
Fuel filter .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 238
Fuel gauge . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 35
Fuel level .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 35
Fuel system, diesel . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 195
Fully automatic convertib le
folding top ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 136
Fuses . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 214
294

G H I
Gears .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 19 Halogen headlight sy stem Identifica tion plate. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 250
Genuine Vauxhall Parts Bulb replacem ent .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 219 If y ou ha ve a problem .... .... ..... .... ... 23, 232
and Ac cessories . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .. 24, 119 Driving abroad ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 124 Ignition switc h..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 9, 21, 55
Glove compartment ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 79 Hand brake ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 22, 182 Ignition system ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 235, 243
Glove compartment lighting . .... .... ..... ... 123 Hazard w arning lights ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 15 Im mobiliser .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 55
Bulb replacement. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 230 Head restraints ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 27, 68 Information disp lay .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... 19, 36
Graphical information displa y.. .... ..... .... . 37 Head lig ht flash ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 14 Infotainment system .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 51
Gross vehicle w eight ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 263 Head lig ht range adjustment ... ..... .... .... 121 Inspection system ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 34, 234
C ontrol indicator.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 121 Instrum ent illumination ... .... ..... .... ..... .... 122
Head lig ht switch. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 14, 120 Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 231
Head lig ht w ash system .... .... .... ..... .. 17, 242 Instrum ent panel .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 11
Head lig hts.. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 14 Instrum ents .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... ... 28, 33, 34
Day tim e running lights . .... .... ..... .... .... 120 Interior m irror. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... . 7
Driving abroad ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 124 Interruption of
Fog lights..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 120 p ow er supply .... .... .... ..... .... 37, 45, 50, 128
Reversing lights.... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 120 Electric sun roof .. .... ..... .... ..... .... . 129, 130
Warning dev ice.... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 23 Electric windows . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 128
Heated exterior mirrors.. 18, 146, 152, 157 Informa tion display ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 37
Heated front seats .. .... ..... .... . 146, 152, 160 Selector lev er lock ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 165
Heated rear window ... ... 18, 146, 152, 157 Serv ice interv al display ... ..... .... ..... .... .. 34
Heating .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 142, 145
Seats ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 146, 152, 160
With the air conditioning sy stem.. .... 147
With the electronic
air conditioning sy stem .... .... ..... .... .... 155
Height ad justment sea t belts .. ..... .... ..... . 84
Steering wheel. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... ... 9
295

J L M
Jac k . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 204 Language selection . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 39 M+S tyres.... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 187, 274
Jump leads .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 196 Lashing ey es ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 75 Main b eam . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 14, 120
Leather trim .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 248 Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... . 220, 223
K
Level control ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 178 Control indica tor. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 31
Key
Light switch ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 14 Maintenance.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 23, 234
Ignition lock . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 9, 21, 55
Lighting .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 14, 120 Air cond itioning system .. ..... .... . 153, 160
Locking d oors... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 54, 56, 58
Driving abroad ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 124 Anti-freeze protection . .... ..... .... ..... .... 238
Remove .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 22
Loading .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 76, 191, 263 Brake fluid .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 240
Starting .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .... 21, 55
Loading the vehicle . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 76 Brakes ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 181
Starting the engine ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 9
Lock buttons ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 54 Cataly tic conv erter . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 175
Key numbers ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 4
Locking d oors . .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 4, 54, 56, 58 Engine oil .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 236, 237
Keys .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 4, 54
Locking from the inside ... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 54 Fuel consumption ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 169
Locks... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 248 Serv ice interv al display ... ..... .... ..... .... .. 34
Lubricants .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 236, 251, 252 Tyre pressure .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 185
Luggag e comp artm ent Tyres .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 185, 186
Bulb replacem ent .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 230 Windscreen wiper ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 240
C ov er .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 70, 72 Mirrors ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... 7, 119
Extension ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 69, 70 Misted wind ow s.. .... .... ..... .... .. 146, 151, 156
Lashing eyes ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 75 Mobile telephone ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 52
Lighting .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 123 Multi-information display ... ..... .... ..... .... .. 36
Loading .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 76, 191, 263
Locking ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 56, 61
Luggag e comp artm ent cover . ..... .... 70, 72
Lumba r support.. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... ... 6
296

N P R
Neutra l, transm ission ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 19 Pa intwork damage.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 247 Rad io . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... 26, 51
Numb er plate lights Pa rk ing ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 22, 180 Rad io equipment (CB) .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 52
Bulb replacement. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 228 Pa rk ing distance sensors . .... .... ..... .... .... 180 Rad io frequency remote control . ..... .... .. 56
Numb er plate lighting .. .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 228 Pa rk ing lights .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 14 Rain sensor .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 16, 240, 246
Bulb replacem ent .... ..... .... .... ..... 221, 224 Reading lights..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 122, 123
O
Pa rk ing the vehicle.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 22 Rear light cluster .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 120
O ctane numbers.. .... ..... .... .... 170, 253, 254
Pa rts ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 24, 119 Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 225
O dometer .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 33
Pedals . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 167 Rear seat b ackrests.... ..... .... ..... .... ..... 68, 71
O il chang e... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 237
Perform ance ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 258 Rear window wash system . .... 17, 242, 246
O il consumption... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 236
Petrol .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 170, 253, 254, 255 Refuelling ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 171
O il filter change ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 237
Pinking .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 170 Fuel filler cap .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 171
O il level .... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 236
Pollen filter . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 143, 149, 160 Relays .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 214
O ils .. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 252
Power steering .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 166 Remote control
O perating temperature.... ..... .... .... ..... ... 167
Preheating.. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 21, 29 Central lock ing sy stem .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 56
O utside temperature ga uge . .... .... ..... .... . 41
Pushing, towing .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 195 Steering wheel .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 26
O verrun.... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 167, 169
Replacement keys .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 54
Reversing lights .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 120
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 225
Roof load ... .... ..... .... .... ..... 77, 166, 169, 263
Roof rack .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 169, 188
Running-in.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 166
Brakes ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 181
297

S Sem i-automa tic fold ing top .... ..... .... .... 131 Temporary spare wheel.. .... ..... .... . 187, 204
Safeguard against Serv ic e Booklet.... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 23, 234 The first 600 miles (1000 k m) .. .... ..... .... 166
unauthorised use ... ..... 4, 9, 22, 23, 54, 55 Serv ic e interv al display .... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 34 Thigh supp ort ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... . 6
Safety.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 80 Serv ic e work .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 23, 234 Tightening torque .. .... ..... .... ..... .... . 209, 274
Safety acc essories ... ..... .... ..... .. 96, 119, 200 Side airbags .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 88 Time... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... 42, 43
Safety net .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 74 Signal system .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 14 Toll systems ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 52
Safety systems ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 80 Spare keys.. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 54 Tools.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 204
Sav ing energ y . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 168 Spare wheel .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 202, 205 Towing .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 198
Seat belts. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 81, 84, 248 Speed.. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 168, 169 Towing equipment . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 188
Seat height a djustment .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 5 Fuel consum ption .... ..... .... .... ..... 168, 169 Towing eye .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 198, 200
Seat occupancy recognition . .... 91, 99, 102 Speedometer .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 33 Trailer / ca ra van towing . .... ..... .... . 166, 188
Seats ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 5, 6 Starter switch .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... ... 9 Transm ission, automatic .... ..... .... ... 20, 161
Extending the Starting the engine.. .... ..... .... . 9, 21, 55, 195 Driv ing programme ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 162
lugga ge c om partment . ..... .... .. 69, 70, 71 Self-help.. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 195 Fault .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 164
Heated . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 146, 152, 160 Steering colum n lock ... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 9, 22 Interruption of p ow er supply ... ..... .... 165
Selector lever lock .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .. 20, 161 Steering wheel adjustm ent .. .... ..... .... ..... ... 9 Kickd ow n.... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 163
Self-diagnosis.. ..... .... ..... ... 83, 91, 153, 160, Steering wheel rem ote control ..... .... ..... . 26 Selector lev er... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 20, 161
... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 176, 177, 180, 183 Stowage compartments .. .... .... ..... .... 75, 79 Selector lev er lock ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 20
Self-help... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 195 Sun roof .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 128, 130 Winter programme. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 163
Automatic transmission .... .... .... ..... ... 165 Manual operation .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 129 Transm ission, manual ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 19
Elec tric wind ow s... ..... .... .... 125, 136, 137 Sun shade .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 129 Trea d depth... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 186
Information display .. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 37 System setting s... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 39 Trip comp uter ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... 25, 46
Radio frequency rem ote control.... .... . 57 Trip odometer ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 34
T
Setting time/da te. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 42 Triple information display .. ..... .... ..... .... .. 36
Ta chom eter ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 33
Turn signal lig hts .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 15
Ta il lights .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 120
Turn signals
Bulb replacem ent .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 225
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... .. 222, 224, 225
Ta ilg ate.. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... ... 5
Tyre chains. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 187, 274
Ta nk
Tyre condition..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 185
Fuel gauge .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 35
Tyre pressure . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 185, 274
Technical data .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 250
Tyre rep air kit ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 210
Temperature regula tion 142, 147, 148, 154
298

U W X
Units of m easure.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 40 Warning messages.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... . 38 Xenon head lig ht system
Unlead ed fuel . ..... .... ..... 170, 172, 253, 254 Warning triangle ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 119, 200 Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 223
Used oil .... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 237 Weights .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 263 Driv ing abroad ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 124
Wheels .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 184
V
Wheels, tyres... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 184
Vauxhall Fix .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .. 97, 104
Windows. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 125
Vehicle care. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 245
Demisting and defrosting . 146, 151, 156
Vehicle decomm issioning. ..... .... .... ..... ... 244
Windscreen wash sy stem . .... .... ..... .. 17, 242
Vehicle Identification Number.. .... ..... ... 251
Anti-freeze protec tion .. .... .... ..... .... .... 242
Vehicle recommissioning.. ..... .... .... ..... ... 244
C apacities ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 285, 286
Ventilation ... .... ..... .... ..... 142, 145, 156, 157
Fluid conta iner ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 242
Windscreen wiper .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 16, 240
Winter op eration
Battery .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 167
C oolant, a nti-freeze ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 238
Engine oil ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 252
Fuel consum ption .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 169
Fuel for diesel engines.. .... .... ..... .... .... 170
Heating... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 142, 147
Locks... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 248
Tyre chains.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 187, 274
Window demisting and
defrosting .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 146, 151
Windscreen wa sh system,
anti-freeze p rotection .. .... .... ..... .... .... 242
Winter prog ra mme.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 163
Winter tyres ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 187, 274
299

300

Astra PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Astra PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

VAUXHALL Astra

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Tyre inflation pressure

Winter tyres Front R ear Front R ea r

Bump er H eig ht see page 178

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Make use of the Owne r's Manual:

We w ish you m any hours of pleasurable driving

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Key num be rs, Unlocking the vehicle:

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

v Airbag systems 3, > Fog light s 3, Lighting

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Before starting off, check:

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Rele as ing the handbrake: Parking the vehicle:

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Tachometer 1) Spee dome ter 1)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Time display in odometer 3 Service interval display

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Coolant te mperature display1) Fuel gauge1)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Operating the multi-information Trip computer functions are operated

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Vehi cles w ith gra phical informati on

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine